FREELANDER 2

QUICK START GUIDE

SOME FEATURES MAY NOT BE FITTED TO YOUR VEHICLE.

2 DRIVER CONTROLS 12 AUDIO/VIDEO

3 VEHICLE ACCESS 14 NAVIGATION SYSTEM
4 COMFORT ADJUSTMENTS 15 TELEPHONE
7 DRIVING 16 FILLING STATION INFORMATION
11 TOUCH SCREEN

LRL219656131.indd 1 8/17/2012 2:33:17 PM

 Driver controls Vehicle access
Locking and unlocking
Press once to switch the headlamps on. Press Emergency key release
again to switch off. Slide the side section up to remove. Remove the

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

keyblade and unfold it. Use the blade to gently prise off
Press to unlock and release the tailgate. the front left side
door lock cover.
Insert the key
Press and hold for 3 seconds to into the exposed
activate/cancel the panic alarm. lock and turn
towards the front
of the vehicle,
Unlocking mode alternatives then release it to
unlock.
Single-point entry. Press once to unlock only the
If the security
driver’s door. Press twice to unlock all doors and
system was
luggage area.
previously armed with the Smart Key, when the door is
Multi-point entry. Press once to unlock all doors unlocked the alarm will sound. To disarm the alarm, press
and luggage area. the unlock button on the Smart Key or press the START/
To change the mode - with the vehicle unlocked, press STOP button with the Smart Key inside the vehicle.
FREELANDER 2

and hold the lock and unlock buttons simultaneously for 3

seconds. The hazard warning lamps will flash to confirm
the change.
Automatic relock

FREELANDER 2
If the vehicle is unlocked and no door or tailgate is Operating note
opened within 1 minute, it will automatically relock and
If the Smart Key
arm the alarm.
fails to work, hold
it flat against the
Operating note underside of the
The Smart Key may not be detected if placed in a steering column with
1. Lighting/direction indicator/trip computer 15. Intelligent stop/start metallic container or behind a device with an LCD the buttons facing
screen, such as a smart phone, laptop (including downwards. Start the
2. Audio controls 16. Stability control (DSC) engine as normal.
when inside a laptop bag), games console etc. Keep
the Smart Key clear of such devices when attempting The Smart Key can
3. Instrument panel, warning lamps and message centre 17. Climate control
keyless entry or keyless starting. now be removed.
4. Message centre control 18. Terrain response
5. Wiper/washer controls 19. Electric parking brake
6. Engine START/STOP 20. Heated steering wheel
FREELANDER 2

7. CD eject 21. Telephone and voice recognition controls Central door locking
8. ­­Hill Descent Control 22. Steering column adjuster
Operating note
9. Central locking, lock 23. Horn
If the vehicle is locked with the remote control, the
10. Central locking, unlock 24. Cruise control master unlocking switch will not release the locks.

FREELANDER 2
The door levers will still release locks and open
11. Touch screen 25. Interior illumination control doors.
12. Audio system and controls 26. Mirror adjuster/power fold mirror
13. Parking aid switch 27. Window controls 1. Press to unlock all doors and tailgate.

14. Hazard warning lamps 28. Rear window isolator 2. Press to lock all doors and tailgate. This will not
enable the alarm. Drive away locking
If enabled, all apertures will automatically lock when the
To unlock only the tailgate, press and hold both switches vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h (5 mph).
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
The feature can be turned on or off by a Land Rover
Dealer.

2 3

LRL219656131.indd 2-3 8/17/2012 2:33:18 PM

 Comfort adjustments Comfort adjustments
Seat adjustment Steering column adjustment See page 2, item 22.

With the vehicle stationary;

1. Unlock the lever.

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

2
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position.

3 3. Move the lever back to the lock position.

Steering column electronic lock

The steering column lock is deactivated when the vehicle
is unlocked. The steering wheel may need slight rotation
to release the lock.
1

Power seats Manual seats

1. Seat back angle. 1. Seat forwards and back.
2. Height adjustment.
Seat belts and child restraints
2. Seat forwards and back, cushion height and cushion angle.
A warning indicator on the instrument Child seats
3. Driving position memory controls. ­­­­ 3. Seat back angle.
FREELANDER 2

panel will illuminate if a front seat belt is It is the weight of a child, rather than age, that determines
4. Lumbar support control (memory seat only). unbuckled. This may be accompanied by an the type of seat required.
intermittent chime.
5. Lumbar support manual adjuster. Refer to Child seats in the Owner’s Handbook to
determine the correct seat for your child.

FREELANDER 2
Windows and door mirrors See page 2, items 26 to 27.

Electric windows
Resonance with lowered windows
Firmly press or lift the respective window switch and Passenger airbag deactivation
release it. Movement can be stopped by briefly operating If a resonance/booming sound occurs when a rear
the switch again. window is open, lowering an adjacent front window emergency key to turn the PASS.AIRBAG switch at the
about 25mm (1in) will eliminate the condition. end of the facia to the OFF position.
When the rear window isolator switch is pressed an
indicator lamp illuminates in the switch. The status indicator in the overhead console will be
illuminated while the ignition is on.
Door mirror adjusting
Press L or R to select a mirror. Use the mirror adjuster to
set mirror position. Reminder - Global closing
lf any windows are left open when leaving the Operating note
Power folding door mirrors vehicle, press and hold the remote handset lock When an adult or an average size child over 12
Press L and R simultaneously to fold in. Press again to button to close them. years is seated in the front passenger seat, ensure
return the mirrors to the opened position. the PASS.AIRBAG switch is turned to the ON
FREELANDER 2

If it becomes necessary to fit a child restraint on the position.

front passenger seat, the passenger airbag MUST be
deactivated.
To deactivate, open the front passenger door and use the
Driving position memory

FREELANDER 2
Positions for driver’s seat and exterior mirrors, can be
stored in vehicle memory for future use.
1. On the side of the driver’s seat, press the MEM button
to activate the memory store function.
2. Within 5 seconds, press buttons 1, 2 or 3 to store the
current driving position to the chosen number. An existing
setting on that button will be over-written.
A stored memory position can now be recalled with a
press of the appropriate button; 1, 2 or 3. The seat and
mirrors will move to their pre-set positions.
Operating note
Buttons 1, 2 or 3 must be pressed within five
seconds after pressing the MEM button otherwise
the memory store function will cancel.

4 5

LRL219656131.indd 4-5 8/17/2012 2:33:19 PM

 Comfort adjustments Driving
Climate control See page 2, item 17. Engine start/stop See page 2, item 6.

Illustrated controls may differ dependent on specification. The START/STOP button is operational only when the Diesel engine starting
Smart Key is inside the vehicle. In extreme low temperatures, there may be a delay of up

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

Automatic system
Ignition only on to 12 seconds between the START/STOP button being
pressed and the engine cranking.
1. Press once to switch on the ignition.
Ensure the foot brake or clutch remains depressed. DO
2. Press again to switch off. NOT press the START/STOP button again. Cranking time
will be increased.
Engine start
1. The selector lever must be in P or N position.
Operating note
2. For automatic transmission, depress the foot brake.
For manual transmission, depress the clutch pedal. The START/STOP button must be pressed to stop
the engine. If not, it will continue to run even if the
3. Now press and release the START/STOP button. Smart Key is removed from the vehicle.

To stop the engine, press the button again.

FREELANDER 2

Manual system Intelligent stop/start See page 2, item 15.

To aid fuel efficiency, the engine will automatically switch Disabling intelligent stop/start
off when the vehicle comes to a stop, neutral is selected
and the clutch is fully released. The engine will start again

FREELANDER 2
when the clutch is pressed. To disable, press the
This icon illuminates when intelligent stop/ ECO button.
start has stopped the engine.

Operating note
When the vehicle comes to a stop, ensure that your
feet do not touch the clutch or accelerator pedals. Operating note
Inadvertent pressure will prevent the engine from There are some operating conditions where
1. AUTO (automatic) mode The automatic system allows more than one setting to be stopping. automatic stop and subsequent restart is prevented.
selected at once.
AUTO is the recommended operating mode. Press for Also, the engine may restart automatically if vehicle
automatic operation of the climate control system. 5. Maximum defrost program systems require it, for example, if demand on the
The system will adjust the air conditioning, blower speed, climate control system increases.
Select to remove frost or heavy misting from the Gear shift indicator
air intake and airflow distribution to maintain the selected These conditions are explained fully in the Owner’s
screens. While stop/start is enabled, the indicator
temperature(s) and reduce misting without constant Handbook.
FREELANDER 2

manual adjustments. 6. Heated rear screen will illuminate briefly in the instrument
panel at the recommended point for gear change upshift.
2. Temperature control 7. Heated front screen
The indicator will not illuminate if Cruise control is active.
Rotate the controls to set the required temperature.

FREELANDER 2
Operating note External water deposits
The automatic system allows a temperature The air conditioning system removes moisture from Cruise control See page 2, item 24.
differential of up to 4°C (7°F ) between left and right the air and deposits the excess water beneath the
passenger areas. vehicle. Puddles may form but this is normal and no 1. Press to activate cruise control and to set a speed Cruise control override
cause for concern. or increase the speed in 2 km/h (1 mph) increments.
Cruise control will disengage if the brake or clutch
2. Press to resume pedal is pressed or when vehicle speed falls below
previous set speed retained 30 km/h (18 mph).
3. Blower control in memory. Set speeds are 1
Rotate clockwise to increase and counter-clockwise to cleared at ignition off.
decrease airflow from the vents. 3. Press to cancel cruise
2
4. Air distribution system control but retain the set
speed in memory for later 3
• Front screen and side window vents use.
• Face level 4. Press to decrease the
4
• Foot level speed in 2 km/h (1 mph)
increments.
6 7

LRL219656131.indd 6-7 8/17/2012 2:33:19 PM

 Driving Driving
Instrument panel warning lamps Parking aids See page 2, item 13.

The following lamps may illuminate during normal driving to indicate that a related system or feature is operating. If any Front and rear parking aids are activated when reverse 1
other warning lamp illuminates, refer to the Owner’s Handbook. DO NOT ignore warning lamps. gear is selected. When a forward gear is subsequently

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

selected, the parking aids remain active until vehicle

forward speed exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). 2
Seat belt reminder Side lamps on Gear shift indicator If an obstruction is detected, an intermittent tone
will sound. Moving closer to the 3
obstruction will increase the tone 4
Door open Headlamp high beam on Intelligent stop/start frequency.
active
Parking aids switch
Diesel glow plugs active Rear fog lamps on Trailer connected Press the switch to deactivate.
Rear camera 5
HDC active Front fog lamps on Direction indicators When reverse gear is selected, the camera provides a
active rear view image with overlaid guidelines to assist while
reversing.
Cruise control active Parking brake on
To view the parking aid display instead or to cancel 6
camera display at any time, briefly touch the display.
FREELANDER 2

1. Broken line - full width of vehicle.

overlay options.
2. Solid line - projected reversing path.
6. Hitch assist. To aid the process of guiding the vehicle
Exterior lights See page 2, item 1. 3. Shade - area required for tailgate access. to the trailer tow hitch.
A single hitch line is displayed as the reversing guideline.
1. Outer collar. First position for side lights, second position for 4. Parking sensors activated.

FREELANDER 2
As the vehicle closes to within 0.6 m (23 in) of the tow
headlamps, third position for AUTO. With AUTO selected, all lamps will hitch, an automated zoom is operated.
switch on automatically when ambient light fades. 5. User options. Touch one of the mini views to select

2. Inner collar. Turn up and release for front fog lamps. Turn down and
release for rear fog lamps. Turn and release again for off.
Headlamps high beam. Push forwards for high beam. To flash the Sunroof
headlamps, pull back and release. To tilt from closed position
High beam assist. Active when set in the Instrument panel menu, AUTO Press and release switch 2 to open to tilt position.
is selected and low beams are in use. High beam will automatically activate
Press and release switch 1 to fully close.
when the sensor detects no light or very low light source ahead. Low beam
will be automatically selected when appropriate. Stop movement by pressing the switch again.

Operating note
FREELANDER 2

Wipers and washers See page 2, item 5. The sunroof will operate for 30 seconds after the
ignition has been switched off as long as the front
1. Rotate to adjust intermittent delay. To fully open and close doors remain closed.

2. High speed wipe. 1. Press and release switch to fully open. The sunroof switch must be pressed until the roof
reaches the desired position.
2. Press and release switch to fully close.

FREELANDER 2
3. Low speed wipe.
4. AUTO (sensor controlled) or
intermittent wipe.
5. Rear screen wash/wipe. Hill descent control (HDC) See page 2, item 8.
Care point
6. Windscreen single wipe. Before entering an
automatic car wash, HDC allows greater downhill control particularly when
7. Windscreen wash/wipe. turn the wipers off to descending severe off-road gradients.
8. Rotate to the first position for deactivate the AUTO Press the HDC switch. HDC can be selected at speeds
intermittent rear screen wipe. Rotate to the second position for continuous wipe. wipe sensor. below 80km/h (50mph) but will not be fully active until
vehicle speed is below 50km/h (30mph).
If freezing conditions are likely, the wipers can be set to a higher position so that they The cruise control + and - can be used to adjust descent
can be lifted from the screen. See Instrument panel menu. speed.
A continuously illuminated indicator in the
instrument pack confirms HDC selection.
Press the switch again to deselect HDC.
8 9

LRL219656131.indd 8-9 8/17/2012 2:33:20 PM

 Driving Touch screen
Transmission Touch screen See page 2, item 11.
Gearshift selection
1. With the engine running and the foot brake applied, The touch screen requires only light touches. Excess

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

press in the selector release button. Move the gear pressure could result in damage.
selector from Park position.

Automatic gear selection

Select Drive for fully automatic gear changes. The LED to
the left of D will illuminate.
Sport mode
This is an automatic gear change mode, however, change
points are modified to make full use of engine power.
2. The M/S LED will illuminate and the message centre
will display SPORT when the gear selector is moved to
the left side.
To return to automatic gear selection, move the gear
selector back to the Drive position.
FREELANDER 2

CommandShift gear selection

This is an alternative to the fully automatic modes and is
effective when rapid acceleration and engine braking are Operating note
required. If Terrain Response is fitted, Sport mode is available
only when the General program is selected.

FREELANDER 2
With Sport mode selected, move the selector lever
forward or back for manual gear selection. After each With the gear selector in Sport, the transmission
gear change the selector returns to the central position. will stay in lower gears for longer with downshifts
The message centre will display the selected gear. occurring more readily. Fuel consumption will be
To return to automatic gear selection, move the gear adversely affected.
selector back to the Drive position.
1. Touch to select the touch screen Setup menu. 6. Touch to adjust time/date.
2. Touch to select Valet mode. During menu mode, the 7. Touch or press to select the On road Navigation
icon is changed to the back soft key, touch to return to the menu. Current set destination is displayed.
previous screen displayed.
8. Touch or press to select the Phone menu.
Terrain response See page 2, item 18. 3. Touch or press to select the Home menu.
9. Touch to turn on/off the screen.
4. Touch or press to select the Audio/Video menu.
When the vehicle is started, Terrain Response will Grass-Gravel-Snow - Suitable for surfaces 10. Touch to select the Extra features menu.
normally start in its General program. which are firm but have a slippery surface, 5. While navigation is operating, touch to repeat the last
11. Touch to select Home menu shortcuts.
FREELANDER 2

Program selection is via a centre console switch. e.g. grass, snow, loose gravel, pebbles or icy given navigation instruction. During a phone call, the icon
conditions. is changed. Touch to end the call.
Mud-Ruts - Suitable for soft, muddy, uneven
or rutted ground.
Sand - Suitable for soft, predominantly dry,

FREELANDER 2
yielding sandy ground, e.g. sand dunes and
deserts. If the sand is damp or wet, the Mud-
Ruts program may be more beneficial.

Use the switches to select a program. Icons will illuminate

as selected. The message centre will also display an icon.
We recommend that a special program be engaged Wading
whenever driving conditions are difficult and then moved
back to the General program once those conditions are Select the program most suitable for the surface
no longer present. beneath the water. DO NOT exceed 500 mm
(20 inches) water depth.

General - Use for typical road surfaces.

10 11

LRL219656131.indd 10-11 8/17/2012 2:33:20 PM

 Audio/video Audio/video
Radio Portable media
5. Touch to view and activate/ deactivate: RDS, Traffic, Touch again to repeat the current Stored CD (or folder for
News, AF and REG. MP3 discs) continuously until Repeat mode is cancelled.

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

Touch again to cancel.

6. Touch to view a list of available stations on the FM
waveband. In USB or iPod mode;
7. Touch to enter a station frequency on the current • Touch to repeat the current track continuously.
waveband, using the numeric keypad. Select OK or wait Touch again to repeat the current folder (USB) or to
for automatic tuning. cancel Repeat mode (iPod). Touch again to cancel.

8. Station presets: Touch and release a preset to tune to Note: Repeat mode is not available for Bluetooth®
the station stored on that preset. Touch and hold to store devices.
the current station to that preset.
7. Pause/Play: Select to pause playback. Select again to
resume playback.
1. Touch to view and select a waveband. 8. Information about the current track.
Includes CD, iPod®, USB, AUX and Bluetooth® devices.
2. Seek down: Short touch to auto seek down to the next The full infotainment system also includes Stored CD. 9. Touch to play random tracks from the current media.
radio station. Long touch to activate manual seek mode. 1. Touch + icon to display all options. Select an option. Touch again to cancel.
FREELANDER 2

3. Information from the current station. Note: Sound quality and volume levels available from Note: Shuffle mode is not available for Bluetooth®
devices connected to the auxiliary input may vary widely. devices.
4. Seek up: Short touch to auto seek up to the next radio
station. Long touch to activate manual seek mode. 2. Touch to switch traffic and news on or off. Additionally, 10. Skip/Scan backward.
for MP3 recorded media, you can select the number of
list entries that are skipped when you use the page up/

FREELANDER 2
DAB radio down arrows. Connecting a device
Digital radio channels are arranged into groups called and up to 3 other announcement types from the list. 3. Depending on the selected mode, this soft key will be
ensembles. Each digital channel may also have Selected types will interrupt the current programme when either Track list or Browse.
associated subchannels. broadcast.
Track list.
Note: Subchannels are temporary channels and may be
discontinued at any time.
6. Touch to view a list of available Ensembles and
channels. The list can be sorted by Ensemble, Channel, • Touch to view current CD or Stored CD track list.
Select a track to start playback.
Subchannel or by Category.
If an Ensemble is selected from the list, all available
Browse. iPod, USB and Stored CD modes only.
channels from that ensemble will be displayed.
Sorting by Subchannel is only available when the current
channel is broadcasting subchannels.
• Touch to view contents of the connected device and
start playback.
If Category is selected, touch the chosen category
to view corresponding channels, before making your 4. Touch to view and manage the Stored CD memory.
selection from the list.
• Select Upload alongside an empty slot to upload a CD.
7. If subchannels are broadcast by the current channel, There are 10 slots available.
FREELANDER 2

Subchannel will be active. Touch then select the required

subchannel with the seek soft keys. • Select Replace to overwrite an existing CD.
1. 3.5 mm AUX sockets.
8. Select to scan for all available DAB Ensembles/ Note: Loading time is dependent on content type. Other
channels. This needs to be done before using the DAB features can be selected while upload is in progress. 2. USB socket.
radio for the first time. Auto-tune is also useful when

FREELANDER 2
1. Touch to view and select a DAB band (DAB 1, 2 or 3). travelling long distances, so regional Ensembles can be 5. Skip/Scan forward.
The radio will tune to the last used channel on that band. tuned. 6. Repeat
Touch again to close. In CD mode;
9. Station presets: Touch and release a preset to tune to
2. Seek down: Short touch to seek previous available
channel. Long touch to seek previous available Ensemble.
the station stored on that preset. Touch and hold to store
the current station to that preset.
• Touch to repeat the current track continuously.
The first channel in the new Ensemble will be selected.
Note: If you attempt to select a preset channel that is now
3. Touch to view DAB text and channel information. unavailable or invalid, no reception is displayed.
Steering wheel audio control See page 2, item 2.

4. Seek up: Short touch to seek next available channel. 1. Press repeatedly for options.
Long touch to seek next available Ensemble. The first 2. Volume increase.
channel in the new Ensemble will be selected.
3. Seek up.
5. Touch to view:- Options: activate/deactivate FM
Traffic and Link DAB and to alter DAB country and DAB 4. Volume decrease.
format settings (with vehicle stationary).
Announcements: select an alarm announcement 5. Seek down.

12 13

LRL219656131.indd 12-13 8/17/2012 2:33:21 PM

 Navigation System Telephone
Nav menu Bluetooth® phones
Compatible Bluetooth phones can communicate with the Calls via the touch screen
vehicle’s inbuilt telephone system.

FREELANDER 2
FREELANDER 2

Bluetooth phone compatibility

For the latest list of compatible phones and their
software, refer to www.landrover.com. Select
OWNERS then Bluetooth®.

Connection must be made with ignition on or engine

running.
Use the following procedure in conjunction with your
Bluetooth phone manufacturer’s instructions.
With a paired and active phone press the PHONE button
Pairing and connecting using the phone
on the touch screen surround.
Note: The process of pairing and connecting a phone
FREELANDER 2

1. Select Digit Dial, Phonebook or Last 10. With

to the vehicle will vary depending on the type of phone
Digit Dial selected, use the keypad to enter the number.
used.
1. Use to enter a new destination. Provides a choice of Selecting navigation With Phonebook selected, chose a number from the
options when entering a destination. When navigation is selected after the ignition is turned 1. Switch the ignition on and ensure that the touch downloaded phonebook. Last 10 displays the previous 10
on, a caution screen is displayed. Touch Agree. screen is active. calls. Choose one to dial.
2. Displays previous destinations entered. Previous

FREELANDER 2
destinations can be selected . Note: At the first time of accessing the caution screen, set 2. From the Home menu, select Phone. 2. Touch the connect icon to make the call. The icon will
the required language. change to a connected call icon. Touch the icon to end
3. Turns the POI (Point Of Interest) icons on the map 3. A menu will appear. If no phone is connected, select a call.
on/off. Setting a destination Search new, otherwise select Change phone and then
select Search new.
4. Only visible when a destination is set. Enables the Select Destination entry.
last voice instruction to be repeated. Calls via the steering wheel controls
Select Address and enter address details using the 4. Select Device to vehicle option.
keyboard. As each part of the address is refined, touch See page 2, item 2 and 21.
5. Soft key is highlighted while voice guidance is Note: The vehicle’s Bluetooth system is discoverable for
enabled. Touch to turn voice guidance off. OK or List to display all the streets and towns that are Connect. Press and release to send or accept
only 3 minutes.
available to be selected. If the house number is not a call or to access the last 10 dialled list. Press
6. POI shortcuts: Touch icon to list available POIs that known, press OK, the mid-point of the road is then used 5. Using the phone, search for Bluetooth devices. and hold to access the phonebook.
are close to the vehicle position. as the destination. On some phones, this is referred to as new paired device.
Disconnect. Use to end or reject a call.
When the address entry fields are complete, press OK to See your phone’s operating instructions for further
7. Calculates a detour from the current route.
move to the map screen. information.
8. Advances to the main map screen. Voice control talk button. The screen will display
Start guidance 6. When the vehicle’s Bluetooth system is discovered,
available options. Say ‘Phone’ and follow
9. Move to other Navigation menu. There are 2 begin the pairing process and follow the on-screen
When in the map screen touch GO to start guidance. instructions.
FREELANDER 2

navigation menu screens. The second map screen instructions.

Review route. Press to increase call volume.
features soft keys for Stored locations, TMC, Route
7. When requested, enter a PIN of your choice into the
options and Nav set-up. There will be a choice of 3 routes or Change route. 3
phone and vehicle system.
Use the More... soft key to toggle between them. routes will display 3 different route options on the map. Press to decrease call volume.
Select Route 1, 2 or 3 by touching the respective box 8. Once your phone is paired it may automatically
10. Cancel current route guidance. displayed on the right side of the map and then select

FREELANDER 2
connect to the vehicle system. If not, use the device list
GO. shown on the touch screen or use the phone. Press to scroll up or down lists of calls or
On the second screen, Stored locations is used to
phonebook entries.
manage the stored data. TMC (Traffic Message Channel)
Note: Some phones require the Bluetooth® pairing to be
will provide data about road conditions and any events
set as ‘authorised’ or ‘trusted’ in order to automatically
that may affect the current route. Route options allows
connect. Please refer to your phone’s operating
the selection of various options for the route and
instructions for further information.
Nav set-up is for setting personal preferences within the
navigation system.
Downloading phonebook entries
When a phone with phonebook download capability
is paired and docked, its phonebook directory can be
automatically downloaded to the vehicle system.
See PHONEBOOK in the Owner’s Handbook for more
information.

14 15

LRL219656131.indd 14-15 8/17/2012 2:33:22 PM

 Filling station information
Refuelling
Fuel filler flap
The fuel filler flap is located on Filling with the wrong fuel
FREELANDER 2

the right side of the vehicle. If the If the vehicle is filled with the wrong type of fuel:
vehicle is locked with the remote
control, the fuel filler flap can not
• DO NOT start the engine!
be opened. Pull the flap at the rear • Call for qualified assistance!
edge to open.

Bonnet release
Filler cap The bonnet release is located in the left side footwell.
Twist the cap counter-clockwise to undo.
FREELANDER 2

Tyre pressure label

Tyre pressures are displayed on a label attached to the
pillar behind the driver’s door or on the rear edge of the
driver’s door.

A hook is provided on the flap to hold the cap out of the

way while refuelling. After refuelling, tighten the cap until
it clicks 3 times.
Fuel specification
The correct fuel specification for your vehicle is shown on
the inside of the fuel filler flap.
FREELANDER 2

Incorrect fuelling
• DO NOT use E85 fuels (85% ethanol content).
Equipment necessary for the use of fuels containing
more than 10% ethanol is not fitted to this vehicle. If
E85 fuels are used serious engine and fuel system
damage will occur.

• DO NOT use RME (bio-diesel) except in the

case of those proprietary diesel fuels which contain
a mix of up to 7%. Land Rover can accept no
responsibility for damage caused by using RME in
concentrations greater than 7%.

• For diesel vehicles, use diesel fuel to

specification EN 590 with a maximum bio-diesel
mix of 7%.

16 Part No. LRL 21 96 56 131 © Land Rover 2012

LRL219656131.indd 16 8/17/2012 2:33:23 PM

 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

OWNER’S HANDBOOK

Publication Part No. LRL 10 02 56 131

 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Introduction

ABOUT THIS HANDBOOK

Introduction

Please take the time to study all of the owner/operator literature supplied with your vehicle as soon
as possible.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
The information contained in this handbook covers all vehicle derivatives and optional equipment,
some of which may not be fitted to your vehicle. Due to printing cycles, this handbook may include
descriptions of options before they become generally available.
The vehicle options, hardware and software, are designed for the market in which the vehicle is
intended for original sale. If the vehicle is to be registered or used in another geographical area, it
may need modifications to suit local requirements. Land Rover is not responsible for the cost of
any modifications. Warranty conditions may be affected.
The information contained in this publication was correct when it went to print. Subsequent vehicle
design changes may result in a supplement being added to the literature pack. Updates can also be
viewed on the Land Rover internet site at; www.ownerinfo.landrover.com.
In the interest of development, the right is reserved to change specifications, design or equipment
at any time without notice and without incurring any obligations. This publication, or part thereof,
may not be reproduced nor translated without our approval. Errors and omissions excepted.

SYMBOLS USED IN THIS HANDBOOK

Safety warnings indicate either a procedure which must be followed precisely, or
information that should be considered with great care, in order to avoid the possibility
of personal injury.
Cautions indicate either a procedure which must be followed precisely, or information that
should be considered with great care, in order to avoid the possibility of damage to your
vehicle.

This recycling symbol identifies those items that must be disposed of safely in order
to prevent unnecessary damage to the environment.
This symbol identifies those items that must be disposed of correctly, as they
contain harmful substances. Seek advice on disposal from your Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer and/or your local authority.

This symbol identifies those features that can be adjusted, disabled or enabled by
your Land Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer.

©Land Rover 2012.

All rights reserved. Published by Land Rover.

2
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Contents

Introduction......................................2 Touch screen.................................. 81

Entering the vehicle .......................... 5 Audio/video overview ..................... 84
Exiting the vehicle............................. 9 Radio.............................................. 89
Front seats...................................... 11 DAB radio ....................................... 91
Rear seats ...................................... 15 Portable media ............................... 94
Head restraints ...............................16 Video media player ......................... 99
Steering wheel................................ 17 Voice control ................................ 101
Seat belts........................................18 Telephone..................................... 103
Child safety..................................... 21 Navigation system ........................ 108
Airbags ........................................... 26 Standard audio system................. 121
Exterior lights .................................31 Tyre repair kit ............................... 132
Interior lights.................................. 33 Fuel and refuelling ........................ 137
Windows ........................................34 Maintenance ................................. 142
Mirrors ........................................... 36 Fluid level checks ......................... 157
Garage door opener........................38 Technical specifications ............... 162
Wipers and washers .......................41 Vehicle battery.............................. 168
Instrument panel ............................43 Tyres ............................................ 172
Warning lamps ...............................46 Fuses............................................ 178
Heating and ventilation ...................50 Wheel changing............................ 186
Storage compartments...................55 After a collision ............................ 189
Load carrying .................................57 Vehicle identification .................... 190
Towing ........................................... 59 Type approval............................... 192
Starting the engine .........................61 Controls overview......................... 218
Intelligent stop/start ....................... 63
Gearbox.......................................... 64
Stability control ..............................66
Brakes ............................................67
Tyre pressure monitoring system
(TPMS)........................................69
Parking aids....................................71
Vehicle recovery .............................74
Cruise control.................................76
Terrain response ............................77
Hill descent control (HDC)..............79

3
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Contents

4
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Entering the vehicle

UNLOCKING THE VEHICLE

Entering the vehicle

5
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Entering the vehicle

Any implanted medical device should 3. Tailgate release:

be kept at a distance, of at least 9 • Press briefly to open the tailgate. If the
inches (22 cm) away, from any of the vehicle is locked and armed, the
vehicle transmitters/receivers during security system will remain active
their normal operation. This is to while the tailgate is open, but intrusion
avoid any possibility of interference and inclination sensing systems will be
between the vehicle system and the disabled.
medical device. For locations of When closing the tailgate again, if the
vehicle mounted vehicle is already locked and armed,
transmitters/receivers see 166, the hazard warning lamps will flash
REMOTE KEY FOB TRANSMITTER after a few seconds to confirm the full
LOCATIONS. alarm system has been reactivated.
To prevent accidental operation, There will also be an audible sound if
never leave the Smart Key in the the vehicle was double locked.
vehicle if children or animals are also Ensure that the Smart Key does not
left in the vehicle. remain in the vehicle prior to
Note: The operational range of the Smart Key closure. If the vehicle is in an area
will vary considerably depending on of localised RF interference or the
atmospheric conditions and interference from Smart Key is shielded by metal
other transmitting devices. objects, the vehicle may close and
Note: If any door or the tailgate is unlocked 10 lock with no means of opening
times within a short period, the latch is again.
disabled for approximately one minute. 4. Panic alarm:
1. Lock: • Press and hold for three seconds (or
• Press to secure the vehicle. The vehicle press three times within three
can be Single or Double locked. See 9, seconds) to activate the horn and the
SINGLE LOCKING. See 9, DOUBLE hazard lamps.
LOCKING. • Once active for more than five
See also 9, GLOBAL CLOSING. seconds, the alarm can be cancelled by
pressing the button and holding for
2. Unlock:
three seconds (or pressing three times
• Press briefly to unlock the vehicle and within three seconds).
deactivate the alarm. The hazard
• The emergency alarm will also be
warning lamps will flash twice to
cancelled if a valid Smart Key is
indicate that the vehicle is unlocked
present when the START/STOP button
and the alarm has been deactivated.
is pressed.
The interior lamps and puddle lamps
will illuminate to assist entry to the
vehicle. Power fold mirrors will unfold
(if enabled).
Press and hold to open all windows.

6
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Entering the vehicle

5. Approach illumination: If any malfunction of the steering column lock

• When approaching the vehicle during occurs, a message will be displayed in the
darkness, press to switch on the message centre. If this occurs:
approach illumination. Press again to 1. From the driver's seat, lock and then
turn the approach lamps off. The unlock the vehicle using the Smart Key.
approach illumination period set at the 2. Try again to unlock the steering column
factory is 30 seconds. This delay lock, by turning the steering wheel gently
period may be configured to provide to the left and right while locking and then
illumination lasting between 0 and 240 unlocking the vehicle using the Smart Key.
seconds. See 43, INSTRUMENT
PANEL MENU. 3. If the problem persists, seek qualified
assistance.
Note: In some markets a second press of
the button will turn on the headlamps and
reversing lamps. A third press will be
DRIVE-AWAY LOCKING
required to turn the lamps off. Drive-away locking automatically locks all the
doors when the vehicle is in motion. This
6. Emergency key access: slide open the side
feature can be enabled/disabled via the Vehicle
cover.
Set-Up menu (see 43, INSTRUMENT PANEL).
7. Remove the emergency key blade and
Note: Pressing the lock or unlock button on the
unfold.
Smart Key will override drive-away locking for
8. Fully insert the emergency key blade to the current journey.
remove cover.
9. Fully insert the emergency key blade into REMOTE KEY FOB BATTERY
the lock and rotate to unlock the door. REPLACEMENT
10. Fully insert the emergency key blade into When the battery needs replacing, there will be
the lock cover. a significant decrease in the effective range and
11. Locate the rear of the lock cover using the a message will be displayed in the Message
tabs and close the cover. centre.
12. Remove the emergency key blade from the
cover.
Note: When the door is opened the alarm will
begin to sound. To silence the alarm, dock the
remote control.

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

The electric steering column lock will
lock/unlock when the vehicle is
locked/unlocked.

7
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Entering the vehicle

To replace the battery:

1. Remove the cover by sliding in the
directions of the arrows.
2. Use the emergency key blade to separate
the Smart Key body.
3. Fit a new and unused CR2032 type battery
(available from a Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer) with the
positive (+) side upwards.
Note: Avoid touching the new battery.
Moisture/oil from fingers can reduce battery
life and corrode the contacts.
Refit the parts in reverse order, ensuring that
they click securely into place.

Battery disposal: Batteries contain

harmful substances and must be
disposed of correctly. Seek advice
on disposal from a Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer and/or
your local authority.

8
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Exiting the vehicle

SINGLE LOCKING Additionally, double locking also activates the

Exiting the vehicle

Press the lock button on the remote control full alarm system.
briefly to single lock the vehicle. The hazard Note: The fuel filler flap can only be opened
warning lamps will flash to confirm. Single when the vehicle is unlocked.
locking secures the vehicle and prevents the
doors from being opened from outside. The FULL ALARM
doors may still be unlocked and opened from When activated, the full alarm will sound if:
inside the vehicle. In this state, only the
• The bonnet, tailgate or a door are opened.
perimeter alarm is activated.
• Movement is detected within the vehicle
Note: This setting should be used in interior.
circumstances such as travelling on a ferry,
• A window, front or rear windscreen or
when pets are to be left in the vehicle, or if a
sunroof glass are broken.
window must be left open etc.
• The vehicle is raised or tilted.
Note: The fuel filler flap can only be opened
when the vehicle is unlocked. • The vehicle battery is disconnected.
• An attempt is made to disconnect the alarm
PERIMETER ALARM system.
When activated, the perimeter alarm will sound Note: In this state, an open window or sunroof
if: will cause the alarm to sound due to the
movement of air currents. For this reason,
• The bonnet, tailgate or a door are opened.
ensure all windows and the sunroof are fully
• The vehicle battery is disconnected. closed before double locking the vehicle.
• An attempt is made to disconnect the alarm
siren. GLOBAL CLOSING
Ensure that no children, pets, or
DOUBLE LOCKING
obstructions are in any open aperture
Never double lock the vehicle with before operating global closing.
people, children, or pets inside. In the Safety mechanisms are in place to
event of an emergency they would be prevent serious injury, however
unable to escape and the emergency injuries can still occur.
services would be unable to release
Note: For safety reasons the sunroof does not
them quickly.
close automatically. It should be closed in the
Press the lock button twice briefly to double normal way before exiting the vehicle.
lock the vehicle. Double locking secures the
Press and hold the lock button for 3 seconds.
vehicle and prevents the doors being opened
The vehicle will single lock and the full alarm
from inside or outside of the vehicle. The doors
will be activated immediately. After 3 seconds
cannot be unlocked or opened from inside the
any open windows will be closed.
vehicle when double locked.
This provides additional security if the vehicle
is left unattended. The vehicle cannot be
opened by breaking a window and operating
the door locks from inside.

9
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Exiting the vehicle

DOOR LOCKS AND RELEASE LEVERS

From inside the vehicle, all the doors can be

locked by pressing either the driver or
passenger lock lever (1).
Each rear door can be individually locked by
pressing the appropriate locking lever.
To unlock and open a front door, pull the door
handle (2). To unlock and open a rear door,
first operate the lock lever, then pull the door
handle.

MISLOCK
When attempting to lock the vehicle, if one or
more of the doors, the bonnet or the tailgate
are not fully closed, the vehicle will fail to lock
and the horn will sound. The vehicle will not
fully lock until all doors, the bonnet and the
tailgate are completely closed.

10
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Front seats

MANUAL SEATS
Front seats

Do not adjust the seat while the

vehicle is moving. Doing so could
cause loss of vehicle control and
personal injury.
1. Fore and aft adjustment.
2. Height adjustment.
3. Backrest adjustment.

11
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Front seats

ELECTRIC SEATS

Do not adjust the seat while the 2. Forward and rearward.

vehicle is moving. Doing so could 3. Height.
cause loss of vehicle control and
4. Seat back.
personal injury.
5. Lumbar support (electric).
1. Cushion angle.
6. Lumbar support (manual).

12
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Front seats

7. Armrest. The seat, head restraint, seat belt and airbags,

all contribute to the protection of the user.
RESTRICTED SEAT TRAVEL Correct use of these components will give you
greater protection. Therefore, you should
If seat movement stops unexpectedly
always observe the following points:
during adjustment check for, and
remove, any obstructions. 1. Sit in an upright position with the base of
your spine as far back as possible and the
Once any obstructions have been removed the
seatback reclined no more than 30
seat adjustment mechanism can be reset as
degrees.
follows.
2. Do not move the driver's seat too close to
Operate the button again to continue the stalled
the steering wheel. Ideally, a minimum
adjustment and hold in that position for two
distance of 250 mm (10 inches) is
seconds. When the movement resumes, hold
recommended between the breastbone
the button until the end of travel in that
and the steering wheel airbag cover. Hold
direction has been reached. The seat position
the steering wheel in the correct position,
can now be carried out as normal.
with your arms slightly bent.
Note: If no obstructions can be seen but
• Adjust the head restraint so that the top of
normal adjustment cannot be carried out
the head restraint is above the centre line of
without stalling, contact your Land Rover
the head.
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
• Position the seat belt so that it is mid-way
between your neck and your shoulder. Fit
SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION the strap tightly across your hips, not
across your stomach.
• Ensure that your driving position is
comfortable and enables you to maintain
full control of the vehicle.

DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

Once you have adjusted the power operated
driver's seat and exterior mirrors (see 36,
EXTERIOR MIRRORS) the vehicle can
memorise these settings for future use.

The driver and front seat passenger

must not ride with the seat fully
reclined.
Do not adjust the seat while the
vehicle is moving.

13
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Front seats

1. Press the memory store (M) button to

activate the memory function.
2. Press one of the preset buttons within 5
seconds to memorise the current settings.
MEMORY (1, 2 or 3) SETTINGS SAVED will
be displayed on the message centre,
accompanied by an audible chime to
confirm the settings have been
memorised.
3. To recall a stored position press the
relevant preset button. MEMORY (1, 2 OR
3) RECALLED will be displayed in the
message centre.
A seat position will only be memorised during
the 5 second active period.
Any existing settings will be over-written when
programming a memory position.

14
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Rear seats

FOLDING AND RAISING THE REAR SEATS

Rear seats

Always ensure that objects carried

within the vehicle are secured
properly.
Never allow passengers to travel in
the load space under any
circumstances. All vehicle occupants
should be seated correctly, and wear
a seat belt at all times when the
vehicle is in motion.
Ensure that when the backrest is
raised the locking mechanism is fully
engaged. If the backrests are not fully
locked in place, red markers will be
visible around the backrest buttons.
The split folding rear seat can be folded
completely to accommodate large loads, or
partially to accommodate large loads and still
retain seating for passengers.
To fold part or all of the seat:
1. Pull the strap on the required cushion(s),
to raise to the vertical position.
2. Fully lower the head restraints.
3. Press the seat backrest release button(s),
then lower the backrest(s) until locked into
place.

15
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Head restraints

HEAD RESTRAINTS Head restraints may be removed, if required

Head restraints

(e.g. to fit larger child seats). Raise the head

Adjust the head restraint so that the
restraint to its uppermost position and press
top of the head restraint is above the
the locking collar. Lift the restraint out of the
centre line of the head. An incorrectly
seat back.
adjusted head restraint increases the
risk of death or serious injury in the Ensure the head restraint is refitted before the
event of a collision. seat is used by a passenger.
Do not drive, or carry passengers with To refit the head restraint, ensure it is facing
the head restraints removed from the correct direction, insert the stems of the
occupied seats. The absence of a head restraint into the sockets and push it
correctly adjusted head restraint downwards until at least the first click.
increases the risk of neck injury in the Note: See 21, CHILD SEATS, for details on
event of a collision. correct child restraint fitment.
Never adjust the head restraints while
the vehicle is in motion.
Always store a removed head restraint
securely.

1. Press the locking collar to release the head

restraint.
2. Whilst pressing the locking collar, move
the head restraint up or down to the
required position.

16
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Steering wheel

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL

Steering wheel

Never adjust the steering column

while the vehicle is in motion.
1. Move the lever fully down to unlock the
column.
2. Move the steering column up, down, in or
out, to the desired position.
3. Move the lever fully up to re-lock the
column.

17
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Seat belts

USING THE SEAT BELTS

Seat belts

1. PUTTING ON A SEAT BELT: Draw the belt child being carried on the
out smoothly and ensure that the belt occupant’s lap.
height, the seat and your position on the The occupants of the front seats
seat, are correct. should not travel with the seat
Seat belts are designed to bear back at more than 30 degrees from
upon the bony structure of the the upright. Doing so will reduce
body and should be worn low the protection afforded by the seat
across the front of the pelvis or the belt.
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as Never place anything between you
applicable; wearing the lap and the seat belt. It can be
section of the belt across the dangerous and reduce the
abdominal area must be avoided. effectiveness of the seat belt in
Seat belts should be adjusted as preventing injury.
firmly as possible, consistent with 2. FASTENING A SEAT BELT: With the seat
comfort, to provide the protection belt correctly positioned, place the metal
for which they have been tongue into the buckle nearest to you.
designed. A slack belt will greatly Press it in until a click is heard.
reduce the protection afforded to
To release the seat belt, press the red
the wearer.
button.
Belts should not be worn with the
Note: When releasing the seat belt, it is
straps twisted.
advisable to hold the belt before pressing
Each belt assembly must only be the release button. This will prevent the
used by one occupant; it is belt from retracting too quickly.
dangerous to put a belt around a

18
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Seat belts

3. SEAT BELT USE DURING PREGNANCY: The use of comfort clips or devices
Position the lap strap comfortably across that would create slack in the seat
the hips beneath the abdomen. Place the belt system, is not advised.
diagonal part of the seat belt between the No modifications or additions
breasts and to the side of the abdomen. should be made by the user which
Position the seat belt correctly for will either prevent the seat belt
the safety of the mother and adjusting devices from operating
unborn child. Never wear just the to remove slack, or prevent the
lap strap and never sit on the lap seat belt assembly from being
strap whilst using just the adjusted to remove slack.
shoulder strap. Both of these
actions are extremely dangerous, SEAT BELT SAFETY
and may increase your risk of
Care should be taken to avoid
serious injury in the event of an
contamination of the webbing with
accident or during emergency
polishes, oils and chemicals, and
braking.
particularly battery acid. Cleaning
Never place anything between you may safely be carried out using mild
and the seat belt in an attempt to soap and water.
cushion the impact in the event of
The belt should be replaced if
an accident. It can be dangerous,
webbing becomes frayed,
and will reduce the effectiveness
contaminated or damaged.
of the seat belt in preventing
injury. It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in a
Ensure that the seat belt is not
severe impact even if damage to the
slack or twisted.
assembly is not obvious.
4. SEAT BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT: Using
If any damage, wear, cuts, defects, or
your finger to depress the release catch
impaired operation are noted with the
and the other underneath to raise and
seat belts, the vehicle should be taken
lower the mechanism into the required
to a Land Rover Dealer/Authorised
height. Ensure that the locking mechanism
Repairer for immediate attention. Do
has engaged.
not use the vehicle if the seat belts
When correctly positioned the seat belt cannot be operated correctly.
should cross the collar bone at the
Do not carry hard, fragile, or sharp
mid-point between the neck and end of
items between your person and the
your shoulder.
seat belt.
Where possible, rear seat passengers
Seat belts should be worn by all
should adjust their seating position to
vehicle occupants, for every journey
achieve the same seat belt position.
no matter how short.
Ensure that the height is correctly
adjusted and the mechanism is
locked in place before driving.

19
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Seat belts

Never wear just the lap belt or just the SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONERS
shoulder belt of a lap/shoulder The seat belt pre-tensioners activate in
diagonal seat belt. Both of these conjunction with the Supplementary Restraint
actions are extremely dangerous and System (SRS) to provide additional protection
may increase your risk of injury. in the event of a severe frontal impact. They
When using seat belts to restrain automatically reduce any slack in a seat belt to
items other than occupants, take care reduce forward movement of a front seat
to ensure that the belts are not occupant.
damaged, or exposed to sharp edges. The seat belt pre-tensioners will
activate only once and then must be
SEAT BELT CHECKS replaced. Failure to replace them will
Note: If the vehicle is parked on an incline, the reduce the effectiveness of the SRS in
seat belt mechanism may lock. This is not a reducing the risk of serious injury or
fault and the belt should be gently eased out death in the event of an accident.
from the upper anchorage. After any impact, have the seat belts
The seat belts should be inspected regularly to and pre-tensioners checked and, if
check for fraying, cuts, wear to the webbing necessary, replaced by a
and the condition and security of the Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
mechanism, buckles, adjusters and mounting
points.
• With the seat belt fastened, give the
webbing near the buckle a quick upward
pull. The buckle must remain securely
locked.
• With the seat belt unfastened, unreel the
seat belt to the limit of its travel. Check that
it unreels smoothly with no snatches or
snags. Allow the belt to fully retract, again
checking for smooth operation.
• Partially unreel the seat belt, then hold the
tongue plate and give a quick forward pull.
The mechanism must lock and prevent any
further unreeling.
If any of the seat belts fail to meet those
criteria, immediately contact your Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.

20
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Child safety

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS Do not use a forward facing child seat

Child safety

until the child using it is above the

minimum weight of 9 kg (20 lb.) and
able to sit up unaided. Up to the age of
two, a child's spine and neck are not
sufficiently developed to avoid injury
in a frontal impact.
Do not allow a baby or infant to be
held or carried on the lap. The force of
a crash can increase effective body
weight by as much as thirty times,
making it impossible to hold onto the
child.
Children typically require the use of a
booster seat appropriate to their age
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS: If children are to be and size, thereby enabling the seat
carried in the rear seat positions, it is belts to be properly fitted, reducing
recommended that the rear door interior the risk of injury in a crash. Children
handles are disabled. could be endangered in a crash if their
To change the child lock settings:- child restraints are not properly
• Open the door to access the child safety secured in the vehicle.
lock. Do not use a child seat that hooks over
• Insert the emergency key into the slot, and the seat back. This type of seat cannot
rotate a quarter of a turn to enable or be satisfactorily secured and is
disable the interior door handle as unlikely to be safe for your child.
required. The seat belts fitted to your vehicle are
designed for adults and larger children. For
CHILD SEATS their safety it is very important for all infants
For optimum safety, children should and children under 12 years of age to be
travel in the rear of the vehicle at all restrained in a suitable child safety seat
times; front passenger seat travel is appropriate to their age and size.
not recommended. However, if it is If it is essential that a child travels in the front
essential that a child travels in the passenger seat (and national legislation
front (not permitted in Australia), set permits this) Land Rover recommends that the
the vehicle seat fully rearward and following preparations are made before fitting
seat the child in an approved the child restraint.
forward-facing child seat. Do not use • Disable the front passenger airbag.
a rear-facing child seat - an inflating • Adjust the front passenger seat fully
airbag could impact with the seat and rearwards.
cause serious injury.
• Adjust the lumbar support to its minimum
support position.

21
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Child safety

• Adjust the seat cushion to its highest RECOMMENDED CHILD SEATS

position. If cushion angle adjustment is
possible, adjust it to its lowest position.
Child size/age Recommended seat
• Adjust the seat back to the fully upright
position. Groups 0 and 0+ Britax/Römer Baby Safe
Plus
• Adjust the seat belt upper anchorage to its
lowest position. Group I Britax/Römer Duo Plus
Extreme hazard! Do not use a Group II and III Britax/Römer Kid Plus
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front of CHILD RESTRAINT CHECK LIST
it!
Every time a child travels in the vehicle observe
the following:-
• Use appropriate child restraints.
• Carefully follow the restraint system
manufacturer’s instructions.
• Adjust the harnesses for every child on
every trip.
• Ensure that all slack is removed from the
This symbol, affixed to the end of the fascia on adult seat belt.
the passenger side, warns against the use of a • Always attach the top tether when
rear-facing child seat in the front passenger installing an ISOFIX seat.
seat, when a front passenger airbag is fitted • Always check the security of the child
and operational. restraint.
• Do not dress a child in bulky clothing, or
CHILD SEAT POSITIONING place any objects/padding between the
When installing a child seat in the rear, the child and the restraint.
front seat must be moved forward and • Regularly check the fit and condition of
upwards to install any rear-facing child seat. child restraints. If the fit is poor, or
Care must be taken not to load any part of the wear/damage is visible replace the restraint
child seat when repositioning the front seat. immediately.
The space available for front seat occupants • Set a good example - always wear your
will be reduced by the installation of any seat belt.
rearward-facing child seat. Child restraint anchorages are
Crash statistics show that children are designed to withstand only those
safest when properly restrained in a loads imposed by correctly fitted child
child or infant restraint system that is restraints. Under no circumstances
secured in a rear seating position. are they to be used for adult seat
belts, harnesses or for attaching other
items or equipment to the vehicle.

22
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Child safety

ISOFIX ANCHOR POINTS (not Australia)

Do not attempt to fit ISOFIX restraints Both of the outer seat positions on the rear seat
to the centre rear seating position. are equipped to accept ISOFIX restraints.
The anchor bars are not designed to
hold an ISOFIX restraint in this
This symbol is shown on a label
position.
sewn into the seats to indicate the
If the restraint is not correctly position of the ISOFIX lower
anchored, there is a significant risk of anchorages.
injury to the child in the event of a
collision or emergency braking.

Mass group as shown on child Size classes Fixtures Rear outboard

restraint seats
Carrycot F/G ISO L1/L2 X
0 = Up to 10 kg (22 lb) 0-9 months E ISO R1 IL*
0+ = Up to 13 kg (29 lb) 0-18 months C/D/E ISO R1/R2/R3 IL*
I = 9 to 18 kg (20 to 40 lb) 9 months - 4 C/D ISO R2/R3 X
years A/B1/B ISO F2/F2X/F3 IUF
II = 15 to 25 kg (33 to 55 lb) 4-9 years N/A N/A N/A
III = 22 to 36 kg (49 to 80 lb) 8-12 years N/A N/A N/A

• IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child Note: The information contained in the table
restraint systems of universal category may not be applicable to all countries. If you
approved for use in the mass group. are in any doubt regarding the type and fitment
• IL = These ISOFIX child restraint systems of child seats seek advice from your Dealer/
are of the specific vehicle, restricted or Authorised Repairer.
semi-universal categories.
• X = Not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint
fitment in this mass group.
• * = Child seat suitable for use in these
locations, is the Britax/Römer Baby Safe
Plus ISOFIX
Note: Ages given are approximate. In case of
doubt, the child’s weight not age should be
used when considering an appropriate child
seat.

23
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Child safety

INSTALLING ISOFIX CHILD TETHER ANCHORAGE POINTS

RESTRAINTS Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted child
restraints. Under no circumstances
are they to be used for adult seat
belts, harnesses or for attaching other
items or equipment to the vehicle.
Always follow the child seat or
restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions when fitting tether straps.
When fitting a child seat or restraint
system, always pass the tether strap
over the top of the seat back and
beneath the head restraint.
If a child seat or restraint system is to
be fitted to the centre seating
position, the centre armrest must be
in the stowed position (folded into the
seat).
To install an ISOFIX child seat:- Your vehicle is equipped with anchorage points
1. Raise or remove the head restraint. See16, on the back of the second row seat frames.
HEAD RESTRAINTS. These should be used to attach straps from
child seats or restraint systems.
2. Locate the ISOFIX locking mechanism.
Note: A tether anchorage is provided for the
3. Slide the child seat into the locking centre seat position. Do not use this anchor
mechanism.
position with an ISOFIX child seat.
4. Test the security of the child restraint. To
do this, attempt to pull the restraint away INSTALLING TETHER ANCHORAGE
from the vehicle seat and twist the restraint
CHILD RESTRAINTS
from side to side. Even if the restraint
appears secure, you should still check the Child restraint anchorages are
anchor points visually, to ensure correct designed to withstand only those
attachment. loads imposed by correctly fitted child
restraints. Under no circumstances
Note: ISOFIX child restraints are only fitted to
are they to be used for adult seat
the second row of seats.
belts, harnesses or for attaching other
Note: Always ensure that if an upper tether is items or equipment to the vehicle.
provided, it is fitted and tightened correctly.
Always follow the child seat or
restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions when fitting tether straps.

24
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Child safety

When fitting a child seat or restraint 3. Attach the tether strap hook to the tether
system, always pass the tether strap anchor point on the back of the seat.
over the top of the seat back and Ensure that the tether strap hook is facing
beneath the head restraint. the correct way (see illustration).
If a child seat or restraint system is to 4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
be fitted to the centre seating manufacturer's instructions.
position, the centre armrest must be
in the stowed position (folded into the BOOSTER SEATS
seat). In a situation where a child is too large to fit
Your vehicle is equipped with anchorage points into a child safety seat but is still too small to
on the back of the second row seat frames. safely use just the three point belt, a booster
These should be used to attach straps from seat is recommended for maximum safety.
child seats or restraint systems. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for
fitting and use, and adjust the seat belt to suit.

Note: A tether anchorage is provided for the

centre seat position. Do not use this anchor
position with an ISOFIX child seat.
1. Install the child restraint securely in one of
the rear seating positions.
2. Pass the tether strap over the seat back and
beneath the head restraint.

25
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Airbags

AIRBAGS
Airbags

1. Passenger front airbag. FRONT AIRBAGS

2. Side airbags. The front passenger and driver air bags are
3. Main curtain airbag. able to deploy in two stages, depending on the
severity of the frontal impact. In a severe
4. Driver’s front airbag.
impact, the air bags inflate fully to offer
5. Knee bolster airbag. maximum protection. In a lesser impact, full
Note: The general location of airbags fitted to deployment is not required, so the airbags are
the vehicle are marked by the word AIRBAG. partially inflated. The knee bolster airbag will
Always contact your Dealer/Authorised always fully inflate.
Repairer if:
• An airbag inflates. SIDE AND CURTAIN AIRBAGS
• The front or sides of the vehicle are The seat mounted side airbags are designed to
damaged. protect the thorax region of the torso and will
deploy only in the event of a side impact and
• Any part of the Airbag Supplementary
then, only on the side of the impact.
Restraint System (SRS) shows signs of
cracking or damage, including trim The curtain air bags are deployed in side
covering airbags. impact and rollover events, providing greater
• The amber airbag warning lamp protection from serious head injuries. They
illuminates. deflate at a slower rate than the front or side
airbags.

26
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Airbags

AIRBAG OPERATION Airbag deployment is dependent on the rate at

which the passenger compartment changes
For the airbags to operate correctly
velocity following the collision. Circumstances
the roof lining and door post trims
affecting different collisions (vehicle speed,
must be in good condition, correctly
angle of impact, type and size of object hit,
fitted, and free from obstruction. Any
etc.), vary considerably and will affect the rate
damage, wear, or incorrect fitment
of deceleration accordingly.
should be referred to your Dealer/
Authorised Repairer as soon as The Supplementary Restraint System
possible for examination and repair. components include:-
Do not allow passengers to obstruct • SRS warning indicator.
the operation of the airbags by placing • Rotary coupler.
any part of their person, or any • Airbag modules.
objects, in contact with, or close to, • Seat belt pre-tensioners (front seats).
an airbag module. Only use approved
• Airbag diagnostic control unit.
accessories (e.g. seat covers).
• Crash sensors.
Ensure that a gap is maintained
• Airbag wiring harness.
between the side of the vehicle, and
the head and torso. This will enable Airbags cannot deploy correctly if they are
unobstructed inflation of the curtain, obstructed. Examples of obstructions are:-
and seat mounted side airbags. • Any part of an occupant’s body in contact
Airbags inflate at high speeds. To with, or close to, an airbag cover.
minimise the risk of injury, ensure • Objects placed on, or close to, an airbag
that all vehicle occupants wear cover.
correctly positioned seat belts, sit • Clothing, sun screens, or other material
correctly in the seats, and position the hanging from grab handles.
seats as far back as practical. • Clothing, cushions, or other material,
Airbag inflation takes place covering seat mounted airbags.
instantaneously, and cannot protect • Seat covers which are not approved by
against the effects of secondary Land Rover, or specifically designed for
impacts. Under these circumstances use with seat mounted airbags.
the only protection will be provided by
This list is not exhaustive, and it remains the
a correctly worn seat belt.
responsibility of the driver and passengers to
Phone systems should only be ensure that the airbags are not obstructed in
installed by qualified persons familiar any way.
with the operation of, and
Note: The airbags and SRS are not designed to
requirements for, vehicles fitted with
operate as a result of:
SRS. If you are in any doubt, seek
advice from your Dealer/Authorised • Rear impacts.
repairer. • Minor front impacts.
• Minor side impacts.
• Heavy braking.

27
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Airbags

• Driving over bumps and pot holes. If the warning lamp indicates that a
High speed impacts may cause fault is present in the system, do not
serious injury or death irrespective of use a child restraint on the front
safety features fitted to a vehicle. passenger seat.
The airbag SRS cannot provide If any of the following warning indicator
protection in some types of impact. conditions occur, the vehicle should be
Under these circumstances the only checked by your Dealer/Authorised Repairer
protection will be provided by a immediately.
correctly worn seat belt. • The warning indicator fails to illuminate
when the ignition is turned on.
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT EFFECTS • The warning indicator fails to extinguish
When an airbag inflates, a fine within 6 seconds of the ignition being
powder is released. This is normal turned on.
and not an indication of a malfunction. • The warning indicator illuminates at any
The powder may cause irritation to the time other than the bulb check, when the
skin and should be thoroughly flushed ignition is turned on.
from eyes and any cuts or abrasions.
Airbags inflate at high speed and can AIRBAG SERVICE INFORMATION
cause injuries. To minimise the risk of Do not attempt to service, repair,
injury, ensure that all occupants wear replace, modify, or tamper with any
correctly positioned seat belts, sit part of the SRS. This includes wiring
correctly in the seats and position the or components in the vicinity of SRS
seats as far back as is practicable. components. Doing so may cause the
Airbag deployment is accompanied by system to trigger, or render the
a very loud noise which may cause system inoperative.
discomfort and temporary loss of Do not use any electrical test
hearing. equipment or devices in the vicinity of
After inflation, some airbag SRS components or wiring. Doing so
components will be very hot. Do not may cause the system to trigger, or
touch the airbag components until render the system inoperative.
they have cooled sufficiently. All of the following operations should only be
carried out by a Dealer/Authorised Repairer, or
AIRBAG WARNING LAMP suitably qualified person:-
• Removal or repair of any wiring or
component in the vicinity of any SRS
The airbag warning indicator is
components.
mounted in the instrument pack,
and will illuminate as a bulb check • Installation of electrical, or electronic,
when the ignition is turned on. equipment and accessories.
• Modification to the front or sides of the
vehicle exterior.

28
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Airbags

• Attachment of accessories to the front or

sides of the vehicle.

DISABILITY MODIFICATIONS
Occupants with disabilities which may require
modification of the vehicle, must contact a
Dealer/Authorised Repairer before any
modifications are made.

DISABLING THE PASSENGER AIRBAG

Note: The passenger airbag should be disabled
only when a rearward facing child restraint is
fitted to the front passenger seat.
Crash test data and statistics show
that the safest place for a child to be
restrained is in a child seat correctly
fitted to the vehicle's rear seat.
Do not use a child restraint on a seat
protected by an operational airbag in
front of it. Doing so presents a high
risk of death or serious injury to the To disable the passenger airbag:-
child in the event of an accident.
1. Remove the emergency key blade from the
Do not fit a child restraint to the front remote control.
passenger seat if the SRS warning
light illuminates continuously with the 2. Insert the end of the emergency key blade
ignition on. into the slot in the switch and rotate the
switch to the off position.
As soon as the child seat is removed
from the front passenger seat, the
airbag must be turned on. Failure to
do so will put any front seat
passengers at greater risk of death or
serious injury in the event of an
accident.

29
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Airbags

When checking the operational status

of the front passenger airbag, ensure
that the ignition is switched on.
The passenger airbag operational status
indicator illuminates yellow when the airbag
has been disabled.
Note: The indicator will only illuminate when
the ignition is turned on or the engine is
running.

30
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Exterior lights

LIGHTING CONTROL
Exterior lights

1. With the headlamps on, push the control 6. Rear fog lamps. Operates only while side
away from the steering wheel to select high lights, headlamps or Auto lamps are
beam. The warning lamp will illuminate. selected. Turn the collar towards the
See 49, HIGH BEAM (BLUE). steering wheel and release. The warning
Note: Do not use high beam where it may lamp will illuminate. See 48, REAR FOG
distract or dazzle other road users. LAMP (AMBER).
2. Pull the control towards the steering wheel 7. Front fog lamps. Operates only while side
and release to flash the high beam on and lights, headlamps or Auto lamps are
off. The high beam will remain on for as selected. Turn the collar away from the
long as the switch is held. steering wheel and release. The warning
lamp will illuminate. See 49, FRONT FOG
3. Side lights.
LAMPS (GREEN).
4. Headlamps.
5. AUTO. With Auto lamps selected, when DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
ambient light fades and the ignition is on, With the lighting control in the Off position (1),
the side lights, tail lamps, low beam Daytime running lamps will switch on
headlamps and licence plate lamps will automatically under the following conditions:
switch on automatically. Headlamp
• The engine is running.
courtesy delay and Windscreen wiper
detection may also be activated. • The gear selector is out of park.
Note: Low ambient light levels, caused by
adverse weather conditions, may also
cause Auto lamps to activate.

31
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Exterior lights

• The parking brake is not applied (is Note: The headlamps must be removed in
released) - market dependent. order to change the beam pattern. See 147,
HEADLAMP REMOVAL146, CHANGING A
BULB.
Unless required or prohibited by
law, daytime running lamps can be The tourist lever allows you to adjust the
disabled or enabled by your Land headlamps to the correct beam pattern for
Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer. driving on the left or right hand side of the road.
When new, the lever will be set to the correct
HEADLAMP COURTESY DELAY position for the country in which the vehicle is
sold. To change the pattern for driving on the
This feature operates whenever the lamps
alternate side of the road, move the lever to the
master switch is in the AUTO (5) position and
alternate position.
the ignition is turned off. The headlamps will
remain illuminated for up to 240 seconds. Note: When changing the beam pattern using
the lever, ensure that you change the lever
Note: The time delay may be changed via the
position on both headlamps.
Vehicle settings menu. See 44, WARNING AND
INFORMATION MESSAGES.
HEADLAMP LEVELLING
Courtesy lamps can be switched off at any time
by pressing the headlamps button on the
Smart Key.

HEADLAMPS - CONDENSATION
Misting of lamp lenses can occur under some
atmospheric conditions. This will not affect the
performance of the lamps and will clear during
normal operation.
Use the headlamp levelling control to account
HEADLAMPS - DRIVING ABROAD for vehicle loading changes.

Vehicle load Switch position

Driver only 0
Driver and front seat 0
passenger
Driver and passengers Rotate down one
in all seats position from 0.
Maximum gross Rotate down two
vehicle weight positions from 0.
Maximum rear axle Rotate down three
load positions from 0.

32
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Interior lights

INTERIOR LIGHTS
Interior lights

1. Footwell lamps.
2. Glovebox lamp.
3. Puddle lamps.
4. Sun visor lamps.
5. Map light controls (on/off).
6. Main interior lamp control (on/off/Auto).
To activate or deactivate Auto mode, press
and hold for longer than 3 seconds. In Auto
mode the lamps will illuminate when a door
is opened.
7. Luggage compartment lamp.

33
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Windows

ELECTRIC WINDOWS
Windows

1. Window switches. Press the button again to stop movement.

Note: The windows will operate for 5 4. Sunroof open/close switch:
minutes after the engine is switched off, as • With the roof closed, briefly press to
long as none of the doors are opened. fully open. Press again to stop
2. Rear window isolator button. movement.
If children are carried in the rear • With the roof tilted open, press and
seats, the isolator switch should hold to close the roof. Releasing the
be used to prevent operation of the switch will stop roof movement.
windows. If the windows are Note: The sunroof will operate for 30
operated by young children there seconds after the ignition is turned off,
is a risk of serious injury or death. provided that a front door is not opened.
3. Sunroof close/tilt switch: 5. Sun blind:
Wherever possible remove any • To open, push upwards on the textured
snow, ice, dirt, and leaves etc. from part of the handle. Then, slide the blind
the sunroof mechanism before into the panel between the sunroof and
closing. Failure to do so may the headlining.
damage the sunroof mechanism. • To close the sun blind, pull across the
• With the roof closed, briefly press to aperture until it locks in place.
tilt the sunroof open.
• With the roof fully open, briefly press
to close the roof.

34
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Windows

WINDOW ANTI-TRAP PROTECTION

The anti-trap mechanism does not
operate when closing the sunroof from
the tilted position. The sunroof can
cause serious injury should a body
part become trapped. Always ensure
that the sunroof is free from
obstructions before closing.
Before closing a window or the
sunroof, ensure that no occupants
have any part of their body in a
position where it could be trapped.
Even with an anti-trap system death or
serious injury could occur.
Anti-trap protection will stop window or
sunroof movement if an obstruction or
resistance is detected. Check the window or
sunroof and its aperture and remove any
obstructions (e.g. ice, etc.).
If it is still necessary to raise the window or
close the sunroof, the override procedure is as
follows:
1. Attempt to close the window/sunroof,
anti-trap will prevent closure and lower the
window/open the sunroof slightly.
2. Within ten seconds attempt to raise the
window/close the sunroof again, anti-trap
will prevent closure and lower the
window/open the sunroof slightly.
3. Attempt to close the window/sunroof for a
third time, this time hold the switch in the
close position. Hold until closed.
Note: If this procedure fails to remove the
blockage, the window operation may need to
be reset. See 154, WINDOW RESET.
Note: The sunroof anti-trap mechanism works
differently and does not require reset if
activated. See 154, SUNROOF RESET.

35
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Mirrors

EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Mirrors

1. Left mirror adjustment. A thermal cut-out which will temporarily

2. Right mirror adjustment. disable the powerfold feature if the switches
are operated repeatedly.
Note: The mirrors can be adjusted for up to
five minutes when the ignition is switched Powerfold will only operate if the vehicle is
off, provided the driver’s door is not stationary, or travelling at 20 km/h (12 mph) or
opened. less.
3. Press both switches together to fold/unfold
the mirrors. The mirrors can be configured by
Note: If the mirrors are manually folded or your Dealer/Authorised Repairer
knocked into the folded position accidentally, to automatically fold when the
the mirror head will be loose. To re-engage the vehicle is locked, and unfold when
mechanism, fold, then unfold the mirrors using it is unlocked.
the switches.

36
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Mirrors

MIRROR DIP WHEN REVERSING

Selecting reverse gear will cause the door
mirrors to automatically adjust, providing an
improved viewing angle for reversing.
The exact dipped position can be adjusted
when the mirrors are dipped. The next time
reverse is selected, the newly adjusted position
will be selected.
When the gear selector is moved out of
reverse, the mirrors will return to their previous
position.
Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 7 km/h (4 mph)
in reverse, the mirrors will return to their
normal driving position for enhanced visibility.
The automatic mirror dip feature can be
enabled or disabled using the Vehicle Set-Up
menu. See 43, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU.

37
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Garage door opener

GARAGE DOOR TRANSCEIVER For best results, fit a new battery to the
Garage door opener

hand-held transmitter of the garage door

Do not use the transceiver with any
opener (or other device) before programming.
garage door opener that lacks the
If your garage door opener receiver (located in
safety stop and reverse feature as
the garage) is equipped with an antenna,
required by safety standards.
ensure that the antenna is hanging straight
When programming the transceiver to down.
a garage door opener or entry gate,
ensure the area is clear. This will
PROGRAMMING
prevent potential harm or damage as
the gate or garage door will activate
during the programme.
This device may suffer from
interference if operated in the vicinity of
a mobile or fixed station transmitter.
This interference is likely to affect the
hand-held transmitter as well as the
in-car transceiver.
The door transceiver is located in the rear-view With the engine switched off;
mirror. It can be programmed to transmit the 1. Ensure that the ignition system is on.
radio frequencies of up to three different 2. Hold the end of the original garage door
transmitters, which can be used to operate opener hand-held transmitter 50 to 150
garage doors, entry gates, home lighting, mm (2 to 6 inches) away from the
security systems or other radio frequency transceiver in the rear-view mirror, keeping
operated devices. the indicator lamp in view.
Although this section mainly describes the 3. Using both hands, simultaneously press
procedures for a garage door opener, it equally and hold both the chosen transceiver
applies to the previously mentioned button on the rear-view mirror, as shown
applications. above, and the hand-held transmitter
In some countries, this feature is also known button. Keep both buttons pressed. The
as the HomeLink™ Universal Transceiver. indicator lamp will flash slowly at first and
For further information, see 40, then change to a fast flash. When the
INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE. indicator lamp flashes rapidly, release both
buttons. The rapid flashing lamp indicates
successful programming.
BEFORE PROGRAMMING
4. If, after 60 seconds, the indicator lamp
When programming a device that may
does not flash rapidly, release both the
require you to press and re-press the
transceiver and the hand-held transmitter
hand-held transmitter (cycle), unplug
buttons and repeat the procedure starting
the device during the cycling process to
with Step 2. Position the hand-held
prevent possible motor failure.
transmitter at a different angle and/or
distance.

38
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Garage door opener

5. Press and hold the programmed garage ROLLING CODE DEVICE EQUIPMENT
door opener button and observe the PROGRAMMING
indicator lamp.
Note: The assistance of a second person, may
• If the indicator is continuous,
make the following steps quicker and easier.
programming is complete. Your device
Once the button has been pressed there are
should operate when the garage door
only 30 seconds in which to complete Step 3.
opener button is pressed and held for
approximately 1 to 2 seconds and then 1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor
released. head unit) in the garage, locate the learn or
smart button/switch.
• If the indicator lamp blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then illuminates • The name of the button or switch may
continuously, proceed with the vary between manufacturers.
following programming instructions 2. Press and release the learn or smart
for rolling code device equipment. button.
3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and
TO ERASE ALL PROGRAMMING hold the programmed garage door opener
For first time programming, ensure that the button for two seconds and release.
engine is switched off: 4. Repeat the press, hold, release sequence
1. Ensure that the ignition is on (but with the three times to complete the programming
engine switched off). process.
2. Press and hold the two outer buttons on The garage door opener in the rear-view mirror
the transceiver in the rear-view mirror. should now activate the rolling code device.
Keep the buttons pressed until the
indicator lamp begins to flash (this will take REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
approximately 20 seconds), then release GARAGE DOOR OPENER BUTTON
the buttons.
To programme a device to a previously
All memories in the garage door opener have programmed button:
now been cleared.
1. Press and hold the desired
Note: Do not perform this procedure when pre-programmed garage door opener
programming the additional garage door button for at least 20 seconds, but no
opener buttons. longer than 30 seconds, until the indicator
lamp begins to flash.
2. Without releasing the rear-view mirror
button, position the hand-held transmitter
approximately 50 to 150 mm (2 to 6
inches) away from the transceiver in the
rear-view mirror, keeping the indicator
lamp in view.
3. Carry out Step 3 of Programming.

39
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Garage door opener

ENTRY GATE PROGRAMMING

The technology of some entry gates requires
you to press and re-press (cycle) the hand-held
transmitter button every two seconds during
programming.
Continue to press and hold the desired
rear-view mirror button while you cycle your
hand-held transmitter until the indicator lamp
flashes rapidly.

INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE

It is recommended that when you sell or
dispose of the vehicle, the programmed
transceiver buttons be erased for
security purposes.
For information on the range of available
compatible products or accessories, or for
assistance, you should contact your Dealer/
Authorised Repairer.
You can also contact the supplier’s helpline on
0 0800 0466 354 65. This toll-free number can
be called from anywhere within Europe. No
separate country code is required (the first zero
is not required when calling from within
Germany).
Contact can also be made via the internet. The
website address is www.eurohomelink.com.
The e-mail address is:
[email protected].
Note: Keep the original transmitter for future
use or programming procedures if, for
example, you purchase a new vehicle.
Note: The manufacturer is not responsible for
any radio or TV interference caused by
unauthorised modifications to this equipment.
Such modifications could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.

40
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Wipers and washers

WIPER OPERATION 5. Rear window wash/wipe. Press and hold to

Wipers and washers

operate the rear washer and wiper. The

wiper will operate for two further wipes
after the button is released. After a few
seconds a drip wipe will clear any residual
water.
6. Single wipe of windscreen, or hold down
for further continuous wipes.
7. Windscreen wash/wipe. Pull and hold to
operate the front washers and wipers. The
wipers will operate for three further wipes
after the stalk is released. After a few
seconds a drip wipe will clear any residual
water.
8. INT - rear wiper, intermittent operation.
The intermittent delay period is controlled
by adjusting the collar (1). The delay period
and number of wipes will then be adjusted
automatically depending on vehicle speed.
9. ON - rear wiper, continuous operation.
Do not operate the windscreen
wipers on a dry screen.
1. Rotate the collar to adjust the intermittent
period. The intermittent delay period will In freezing or very hot conditions,
vary and is controlled by either vehicle ensure that the wipers have not
speed or a rain sensor. The control must be stuck to the glass.
in position (4) to be operational. Remove any snow, ice or frost from
2. High speed wipe. the screen, around the wiper arms
and blades and the screen scuttle,
3. Low speed wipe. before operating the wipers.
4. In this position intermittent wipe is Note: Front wipers will not operate while the
controlled by either a rain sensor or vehicle bonnet is open and vehicle speed is below
speed. The rain sensor is located at the 3 km/h (2 mph).
upper edge of the windscreen becomes
active and will determine when the wipers
are required to operate. If the rain sensor is
not enabled by your Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer, intermittent
wipe will operate in conjunction with the
setting of control (1).

41
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Wipers and washers

Note: If wiper blades become stuck or jammed, RAIN SENSOR

an electronic cut-out will temporarily halt wiper
Ensure that the wipers are switched off
operation. If this happens, switch off the
before entering a car wash. If the rain
wipers and the ignition. Clear any obstructions
sensitive wipers operate during the car
and free the wiper blades, before attempting to
washing process, damage may occur to
switch on the ignition.
the wiper mechanism.
The rain sensor is able to detect the presence
Speed-dependent intermittent and amount of rain/dirt/snow on the
wipe and drip wipe on the front windscreen and automatically activates the
screen and intermittent wipe on windscreen wipers accordingly. Static droplets
the rear screen can be may not be detected on initial start-up. A single
enabled/disabled by a Land Rover wipe should be used to clear the screen.
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
To activate the rain sensitive wipers, move the
wiper stalk to the rain sensor position and
SPEED-DEPENDENT MODE adjust the sensitivity control as required (see
If vehicle speed drops below 8 km/h (5 mph) 41, WIPER OPERATION). When rain sensitive
with the wipers operating, the wipers will wipers are activated and when sensitivity is
switch to the next lowest speed. When vehicle increased, a single wipe will operate.
speed increases to over 8 km/h (5 mph), the
original wiper speed setting is restored HEADLAMP WASHERS
automatically. If the headlamps are on, and there is sufficient
liquid in the washer reservoir, operating the
This feature can be screen wash will also power-wash the
enabled/disabled by your headlamps.
Dealer/Authorised Repairer. The headlamp power wash will operate on
every fifth operation of the screen washer,
In vehicles not fitted with a rain sensor, the provided the headlamps are still switched on
frequency of intermittent wipe adjusts and approximately 10 minutes have elapsed
according to vehicle speed. since the last headlamp wash.
The intermittent delay period can be adjusted Switching the headlamps or ignition off and
via the collar on the wiper stalk, but will also back on again, will reset the cycle.
reduce automatically as vehicle speed Note: The headlamp washers are inhibited
increases. when the washer fluid reservoir level is low.

This feature can be WINTER PARK POSITION

enabled/disabled by your The wipers can be set to park in a higher
Dealer/Authorised Repairer. position than normal. This allows the wiper
blades to be lifted from the screen to prevent
freezing. The ‘Wipers winter park’ option can
be selected from the Vehicle Set-Up menu.
See 43, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU.

42
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Instrument panel

INSTRUMENT PANEL If the amber low fuel warning lamp

Instrument panel

illuminates, the vehicle should be refuelled

as soon as possible. The approximate
distance that can be travelled on the
remaining fuel can be viewed via the trip
computer range function.
As a reminder for the location of the fuel
filler, there is an arrow head next to the fuel
pump symbol pointing to the relevant side
of the vehicle.

INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU

1. Speedometer.
2. Message centre.
3. Tachometer.
4. Temperature gauge.
Serious engine damage can occur if
the vehicle is driven while the
engine is overheating.
If the pointer moves onto the red line the
engine is overheating. Stop the vehicle as
soon as safety permits and allow the
engine to idle until the temperature
reduces. If, after several minutes, the
temperature does not reduce, switch off
the engine and allow to cool. If the problem
persists, seek qualified assistance
immediately.
Note: If engine overheating occurs, there
may be a noticeable reduction in engine A number of vehicle features and display
power and the air conditioning may cease settings may be configured via the Instrument
operation. This is a normal operating panel menu.
strategy, to reduce load on the engine and
assist with cooling. To display and navigate through the Instrument
panel menu, operate the menu control on the
5. Fuel gauge. steering wheel.
Never allow the engine to run out of 1. Steering wheel menu control.
fuel. The resultant misfire can
seriously damage the catalytic 2. Close and return to previous menu.
convertor. 3. Show any active warnings.
4. Access the Vehicle Set-up menu.

43
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Instrument panel

5. Access the Trip Computer menu. USING THE TRIP COMPUTER

6. Access the Display Settings menu.
7. Access the Service Menu.

WARNING AND INFORMATION

MESSAGES
Do not ignore warning messages, take
appropriate action as soon as
possible. Failure to do so may result
in serious damage to the vehicle.
For information regarding the individual
messages, their meanings, and any action
required, please refer to the relevant section
within this handbook.
If more than one message is active, each is
displayed in turn for 2 seconds in order of
priority.
Note: Messages are displayed in order of Press the i button to cycle through the trip
importance, with critical warning messages computer information. The options available
being the highest priority. are:
Warning messages may be accompanied by an • Date and Odometer.
audible warning, and the message text may • Trip distance.
have the handbook symbol next to it. Warning • Trip average speed.
messages are displayed until the condition
• Trip average fuel consumption.
causing the fault is rectified or the message is
suppressed using the OK button on the • Instantaneous fuel consumption.
steering wheel. If the message is suppressed, a • Range available from remaining fuel.
warning icon will remain illuminated until the • Blank display.
cause of the message is rectified. To reset the trip computer values to zero, press
and hold the i button for 2 seconds.
TRIP COMPUTER To reset the fuel consumption value, press and
The computer memory stores data for a hold the i button until the display clears.
journey or series of journeys until it is reset to
The distance, average speed and average fuel
zero. The displayed information is for guidance
economy values for trip A and trip B can be
only, as it can be affected by traffic, road and
reset. Set the trip computer display to show the
weather conditions.
trip that you wish to reset, then press and hold
There are 3 trip memories available, A, B and the i button until the message resetting trip is
Auto. The viewable trip memory can be displayed.
selected through the Instrument panel menu.

44
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Instrument panel

It is not possible to manually reset the Auto trip SERVICE INTERVAL INDICATOR
memory. This resets automatically each time An upcoming service interval will be notified to
the ignition is switched on. the driver via the Message centre, as either a
Trips may be added together, to record a distance or time left until service is due. Once
continuous journey, or removed. Press the i the distance or time are exceeded, the display
button for longer than 1 second, when Auto trip will show a negative value (-) to indicate that a
memory values for distance, average speed or service is overdue.
average fuel economy are displayed, then One or both types of service interval (distance
adding last journey or removing last journey and time) may be displayed.
will appear on the screen. Press the i button for
longer than 1 second, and the previous trip
information will be added to or removed from
the current trip and the new total will be
displayed.

TRIP DISTANCE
Distance travelled since the last memory reset.
The maximum trip reading is 9 999.9
(kilometres or miles). The computer will
automatically reset to zero if this distance is
exceeded.

RANGE
This shows the predicted distance (kilometres
or miles) that the vehicle should travel on the
remaining fuel, assuming fuel consumption
stays constant.

METRIC/IMPERIAL/MIXED DISPLAY
The trip computer readings can be changed
between metric, imperial and mixed units via
Trip Computer in the Instrument panel menu.
See 43, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU.
Note: Temperature display can be changed
between °C (Celsius) and °F (Fahrenheit)
independently of Metric or Imperial units.

45
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Warning lamps

WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS LOW OIL PRESSURE (RED)

Warning lamps

RED warning lamps are for primary warnings.

A primary warning must be investigated Illuminates as a bulb check when
immediately by the driver or qualified the ignition is switched on and
assistance before continuing. extinguishes when the engine is
AMBER and YELLOW warning lamps are for started. If the lamp remains on,
secondary warnings. Some indicate that a flashes, or illuminates whilst
vehicle system is in operation, others indicate driving, stop the vehicle as soon
that the driver must take action and then seek as safety permits and switch off
qualified assistance as soon as possible. the engine immediately.
GREEN and BLUE lamps within the instrument
panel indicate system status. Check and top-up the oil level if necessary.
Start the engine: If the lamp remains
LAMP CHECK illuminated, switch the engine off immediately
A warning lamp bulb check is initiated when the and seek qualified assistance before
ignition system is switched on and lasts for 3 continuing.
seconds (except for the airbag warning lamp
which will remain on for 6 seconds). If any BATTERY CHARGE (RED)
warning lamp remains on after this period,
investigate the cause before driving. Illuminates as a bulb check when
Some warning lamps have associated the ignition is switched on and
messages displayed on the message centre. extinguishes when the engine is
Note: Not all warning lamps are included in the started.
check (e.g. high beam headlamps and direction
indicators). If the lamp remains on or illuminates whilst
driving, there is a fault with the battery
CRITICAL WARNING MESSAGE (RED) charging system. Seek qualified assistance
urgently.

Illuminates when a critical warning

message is available in the
message centre.

GENERAL WARNING/INFORMATION
MESSAGE (AMBER)

Illuminates when a non-critical

warning message or an
information message is available
in the message centre.

46
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Warning lamps

BRAKE (RED) ENGINE/TRANSMISSION (AMBER)

Illuminates briefly as a bulb check Illuminates briefly as a bulb check

when the ignition is switched on. If when the ignition is switched on. If
the lamp illuminates while driving, the lamp illuminates when the
suspect low brake fluid level or a engine is running, there is an
fault with the Electronic Brake emissions related fault with the
Distribution (EBD) system. engine or transmission. The
vehicle can be driven but may
Stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits and enter limp-home mode with the
check and top-up the brake fluid, if necessary. possibility of reduced
If the lamp remains illuminated, seek qualified performance. Seek qualified
assistance before continuing. assistance as soon as possible.

PARKING BRAKE (RED) If the warning lamp flashes while the engine is
running, reduce speed and seek qualified
assistance urgently.
Illuminates when the parking
brake is correctly applied. If the
BRAKE (AMBER)
lamp flashes, a fault has been
detected. Seek qualified
assistance urgently. Illuminates briefly as a bulb check
when the ignition is switched on. If
SEAT BELT (RED) the lamp illuminates after starting
the engine or whilst driving,
suspect worn brake pads or a fault
Illuminates, accompanied by a with the Emergency Brake Assist
chime, when the vehicle is in (EBA) system.
motion and an occupied front seat
belt is unbuckled. The lamp will The vehicle can still be driven with care, but
extinguish when the relevant seat seek qualified assistance urgently.
belt(s) is buckled.
GLOW PLUGS (AMBER)
Note: Objects on the front passenger seat may
activate the seat belt reminder. It is
recommended that any objects placed on the Illuminates when the ignition is
front passenger seat are secured using the seat switched on to indicate that the
belt. See 18, USING THE SEAT BELTS. glow plugs are active.

47
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Warning lamps

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL AIRBAG (AMBER)

(DSC) (AMBER)
Illuminates as a bulb check when
Illuminates briefly as a bulb check the ignition is switched on and
when the ignition is switched on. extinguishes when the engine is
started.

If the lamp flashes while driving, the DSC

If the lamp illuminates when driving, there is a
system is active.
fault with the airbag system. Seek qualified
A fault with the DSC system is indicated by the assistance as soon as possible.
warning lamp illuminating and an associated
warning message, or the warning lamp
REAR FOG LAMP (AMBER)
flashing continuously when DSC is not active.
The vehicle can still be driven, but without DSC
assistance. Seek qualified assistance as soon Illuminates when the rear fog
as possible. lamps are switched on.

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE (AMBER)

(DSC) OFF (AMBER)
Illuminates when the external
Illuminates when DSC is switched temperature is low enough that ice
off. may be present on the road.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING

(AMBER) SYSTEM (YELLOW)

Illuminates briefly as a bulb check The warning lamp illuminates,

when the ignition is switched on. accompanied by a message in the
message centre, to warn that one
or more tyres are significantly
If the lamp remains on or illuminates whilst
under-inflated. Stop the vehicle as
driving, there is a fault with the ABS system.
soon as possible, check the tyre
Drive with care, avoiding heavy brake
pressures and inflate to the
application and seek qualified assistance
recommended pressure.
urgently.

The lamp will flash to indicate a system fault.

48
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Warning lamps

HIGH BEAM (BLUE) HILL DESCENT CONTROL (GREEN)

Illuminates when the high beam Illuminates continuously when

headlamps are switched on or HDC is selected and HDC
flashed. operating conditions are met. See
.
INTELLIGENT STOP/START (GREEN)
If the lamp flashes, HDC has been selected, but
the operating conditions are not being met or
Illuminates when the engine is HDC fade-out is occurring.
shut down by the Intelligent
Stop/Start system.
CRUISE CONTROL (GREEN)
Note: Other warnings normally associated with
an engine shutdown, for example the ignition Illuminates when cruise control or
warning lamp, do not illuminate during an Adaptive cruise control is active.
engine shutdown by the Intelligent Stop/Start
system.
TRAILER DIRECTION INDICATORS
(GREEN)
SIDE LAMPS (GREEN)
Illuminates as a bulb check when
Illuminates when the side lights
the ignition is switched on and
are switched on.
extinguishes when the engine is
started.
FRONT FOG LAMPS (GREEN)
If a trailer is attached, the warning lamp will
flash in conjunction with the direction indicator
Illuminates when the front fog
warning lamp. If the lamp fails to flash, the
lamps are switched on.
direction indicator bulb on the trailer may be
faulty.
DIRECTION INDICATORS (GREEN)

The appropriate warning lamp will

flash when the direction indicators
are operated.

49
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Heating and ventilation

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

Heating and ventilation

1. Temperature control, rotate to adjust.

2. Air conditioning. Press to switch on/off.
3. Air distribution, rotate to direct air flow.
4. Heated front screen, press to switch on/off.
5. Blower speed, rotate to adjust air flow
speed through the vents. Current speed
selection is indicated by an illuminated
LED.
6. Heated rear screen, press to switch on/off.
7. Recirculation:
• Press briefly to turn on recirculation
for four minutes or to turn it off.
• Press and hold to turn on recirculation
until it is turned off.
8. Seat heaters. Press once to turn on high,
twice to turn on low, and a third time to
turn off.
Note: The amber tell-tale indicators in the
switches will illuminate when the function is
selected.
Note: In low temperatures it is advisable to
close the centre face level vent, and direct air
flow from the outer face level vents towards the
side windows. This will help to keep the
windows clear of ice.

50
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Heating and ventilation

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL

1. Left and right temperature controls, rotate 9. Blower speed, rotate to adjust air flow
either control to adjust. speed through the vents. In manual mode
Note: It is not possible to achieve a current speed selection is indicated by an
temperature differential of more than 4°C illuminated LED.
(7°F) between the left and right. 10. Recirculation:
2. Seat heaters. Press once to turn on high, • Press briefly to turn on recirculation
twice to turn on low, and a third time to for four minutes or to turn it off.
turn off. • Press and hold to turn on recirculation
3. Air distribution. Press the relevant button until it is turned off.
to set the air distribution to the required 11. Air quality sensor: press repeatedly to
points. It is possible to select more than toggle between:-
one option by pressing the required • Automatic - System automatically
combination of buttons. selects fresh air, or recirculation,
4. Heated front screen, press to switch on/off. depending on the levels of humidity
5. Maximum defrost program, press to and pollution present.
switch on/off. The system will • Manual - System locked to
automatically adjust the blower output for recirculation.
maximum clearing. In addition the front • Off - System locked to fresh air intake.
and rear screen heaters will be activated. Note: The amber tell-tale lights in the switches
6. Heated rear screen, press to switch on/off. will illuminate when the function is selected.
7. Air conditioning, press to switch on/off. Note: In low temperatures it is advisable to
8. AUTO mode, press to select fully automatic close the centre face level vent, and direct air
operation. flow from the outer face level vents towards the
side windows. This will help to keep the
windows clear of ice.

51
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Heating and ventilation

AIR QUALITY SENSOR When the heater is operating exhaust fumes

To change options press the switch repeatedly from the heater may be visible exiting from
until the required option is selected. under the front of the vehicle. This is normal,
and not a cause for concern.
1. Auto LED illuminated. In this mode the
system automatically selects fresh and Do not operate the auxiliary heater
recirculated air dependent on pollution and when refuelling the vehicle. Doing so
cabin humidity. may cause fuel vapours to combust
causing a fire/explosion.
2. Manual LED illuminated. Recirculation
mode is selected permanently. Do not operate the auxiliary heater
whilst the vehicle is in an enclosed
3. Both LEDs off. The system is in fresh air space. Doing so can cause a build up
mode. of highly toxic fumes which may cause
unconsciousness or death.
HEATED SEATS
Press the relevant button to operate the TIMED CLIMATE CONTROL
required seat heater at high level. Both LEDs The timed climate control system provides a
will illuminate. comfortable temperature inside the cabin in
Press a second time to heat the seat at a lower advance of driver and passengers entering.
level. One LED will extinguish. Dependent on the external temperature, the
Press a third time to switch off. system draws in fresh air to cool the cabin or
operates the auxiliary heater to warm it.
HEATED SCREENS The auxiliary heater is also operated to warm
Press button to operate the required screen the engine and aid starting in very cold
heater. The screen heater(s) will operate for a conditions.
predetermined timed period before The timed climate control system may be
automatically switching off. operated by either the touch screen or the
The screen heaters will be automatically remote handset.
switched on if defrost mode is activated or if The system may not operate or will switch off
the external air temperature is low. automatically in the following scenarios.
Do not attach labels to the rear screen. • If the fuel level is low.
Do not scrape or use abrasive materials • If the vehicle’s battery charge is low.
to clean the inside of the screen. • If the coolant temperature is at or above its
required temperature.
AUXILIARY HEATER
Your vehicle may be fitted with an auxiliary SETTING A TIME FOR TIMED
heater which is powered by fuel drawn from the CLIMATE OPERATION
vehicle's tank. The heater only operates at low
The touch screen can be used to either preset
ambient temperatures, and is controlled by the
activation times or to operate the system
Timed climate control system.
manually.

52
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Heating and ventilation

When the system is operating, the LED in the A current heating cycle will be cancelled if the
climate control AUTO button will flash. engine is started. Any programmed heating
Note: The system will cease operation if the cycle may be cancelled by touching the
engine is started relevant power soft key on the timer set up
menu or the Power soft key on the Timed
Climate information home menu.

USING THE TIMED CLIMATE REMOTE

To set a timed climate programme:

1. 1. Press the HOME MENU hard key.
2. Touch the Timed Climate soft key. This
soft key may be set on a personal shortcut 1. ON button.
or accessed via the Extra Features soft
key. Select the day for which you want to 2. OFF button.
set a programme or select All Week to 3. LED (operation indicator).
select the same start time for every day. 4. Antenna.
3. Touch the Timer 1 or Timer 2 icon. The Note: Avoid touching the antenna when
timers can be toggled between on and off operating the ON or OFF button.
using the power soft key.
The remote control has an approximate range
4. Touch the up or down arrows to set the of 1000 m. There is no need to point the
start time. Hours and minutes are adjusted antenna at the vehicle.
separately.
Press and hold the ON button for
5. Touch OK. The screen will display the approximately two seconds. The LED will
activation time. If required, set the time for illuminate to confirm that an automatic heating
the other timer using the same process. program has been initiated. The LED flashes
Note: The time format, 12/24 hour clock, is once every 2 seconds to indicate that the heater
determined by the time settings currently is active.
selected in the System settings menu. See 43, The heating programme will continue for 20-30
INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU. minutes, when it will switch off automatically to
prevent the vehicle battery from discharging. It
also turns off automatically if the engine is
started.

53
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Heating and ventilation

The LED indicator signals various states and With the back of the remote control facing
conditions for the heater as follows: upwards, use a coin or similar implement to
• Illuminates green for 2 seconds when the rotate the battery cover. Lift the cover off to
ON button is pressed, to indicate that reveal the battery compartment. Remove the
heater operation has been requested. old battery and, ensuring that the correct
• Illuminates red for 2 seconds when the polarity is maintained, insert a replacement 3.3
OFF button is pressed, to indicate that the volt, CR1/3N battery. Replace the cover and
heater has stopped. rotate it to lock it closed.
• Flashes green or red for 2 seconds when
the ON or OFF buttons are pressed, to
indicate that the signal was not received.
• Illuminates orange for 2 seconds before
showing green or red, to indicate that the
remote battery is low.
• Flashes orange for 5 seconds to indicate
that the signal was not received and the
remote battery should be replaced.

ADDITIONAL REMOTES
Additional remote controls can be
programmed to operate the heater. A
maximum of 3 remotes can be programmed to
each vehicle. Contact a Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer to purchase
additional remotes and have them
programmed to the vehicle.

REPLACING THE REMOTE

BATTERIES

54
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Storage compartments

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Storage compartments

Ensure that any items stored in the 3. Front door bottle holders.
vehicle are secure and cannot move. 4. Storage tray.
If the vehicle is involved in an
5. Rear door bottle holders.
accident, or subject to sudden braking
or direction change, loose items can 6. Rear compartment and cup holders.
cause serious injury. 7. Additional storage.
Do not drink, or use the cup holders 8. Power sockets.
when driving. 9. Centre console storage.
1. Storage tray.
2. Glovebox.

55
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Storage compartments

Only use Land Rover approved

accessories. Using any other
equipment may damage the vehicle's
electrical system. If you are in any
doubt contact a Land Rover Dealer/
Authorised Repairer.
The engine should be running when
using accessories for long periods.
Failure to do so can discharge the
battery.
Note: Power sockets can be used to power
approved accessories that use a maximum of
180 Watts.

56
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Load carrying

LOADSPACE COVER 2. Lower the right-hand end into position by

Load carrying

pulling back the release button.

Never place objects on top of the
luggage cover. During an accident or Ensure that the release button returns to
sudden manoeuvre, loose objects can the locked position when the cover is in
cause serious injury or death. position.
3. Pull the luggage cover blind towards the
rear of the vehicle. Engage the end pegs
into the recesses provided in the load
space side trims.
Do not store the loadspace cover
loose in the vehicle.

LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS

All items carried in the luggage area

should be properly secured.
1. Load securing rings.
• To assist in safely securing large items
of luggage, four fixing points are
1. Insert the location peg on the left-hand end located in the rear loadspace floor.
of the luggage cover into the slot.

57
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Load carrying

2. Bag hooks. To reverse the loadspace floor:-

• The bag hooks should only be used to 1. Using the finger loop (A), raise the floor
secure light items such as shopping panel.
bags. 2. Pull the panel towards the rear of the
Note: A range of approved luggage retention vehicle to release it from the retaining
accessories are available from your Land Rover channels (B).
Dealer/Authorised Repairer. 3. Reverse the floor, relocate in the retaining
channels (B) and lower in to posiotion.
LOADSPACE FLOOR
When removing or replacing the
loadspace floor, take care to avoid
getting your hands or fingers trapped
between the floor panel and the
vehicle.
When removing or replacing the
loadspace floor ensure that children
and pets are kept at a safe distance to
avoid injury.
The loadspace floor is reversible to allow a
choice of carpeted or hard surfaces to be
made.

58
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Towing

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS • Ensure that the tow ball is secure.

Towing

• When calculating the laden weight of the • Check the operation of all trailer lights.
trailer, remember to include the weight of • It is essential that the trailer is loaded so
the trailer, plus the weight of the load. that it remains parallel to the ground. This
• If the load can be divided between the is particularly important when towing twin
vehicle and trailer, loading more weight axled trailers.
into the vehicle will generally improve Do not loop the breakaway cable over
stability. Do not exceed the vehicle's the tow ball as it may slide off.
weight limits. Do not exceed the Gross Vehicle
• Ensure trailer tyre pressures are set to Weight (GVW), maximum rear axle
trailer manufacturer's recommendations. weight, maximum trailer weight, or
• If the vehicle is loaded to maximum Gross nose weight. Exceeding any of these
Vehicle Weight (GVW) the nose weight is limits could cause instability and loss
limited to 150 kg (330 lbs). See 59, of control.
TOWING WEIGHTS. Australia only:
• If it is necessary to increase the nose • Tyre pressures - Increase rear pressures
weight up to a maximum of 250 kg (550 of towing vehicle to those for maximum
lbs), the vehicle load should be reduced Gross Vehicle Weight conditions.
accordingly. This ensures that the GVW
• Nose weight - Must be a minimum of 7%
and maximum rear axle load are not
of gross caravan/trailer weight, up to a
exceeded.
maximum of 350 kg (722 lb).
• Ensure that a suitable breakaway cable or
secondary coupling is used. Refer to the
trailer manufacturer's instructions for
guidance.

TOWING WEIGHTS

Maximum permissible towing weights On-road Off-road

Unbraked trailers 750 kg (1650 lbs) 750 kg (1650 lbs)
Trailers with overrun brakes 2000 kg (4400 lbs)* 750 kg (1650 lbs)
Nose weight 150 kg (330 lbs) -
Nose weight - Australia only 350 kg (770 lb) -

* For diesel vehicles in Algeria, Egypt, India, See 59, TOWING WEIGHTS, for details of the
Libya, Morocco, Pakistan and Tunisia, the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW), Gross train
maximum permissible towing weight for a weight, axle weights and maximum payload.
trailer with overrun brakes is 1500 kg (3307
lbs).

59
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Towing

Note: When towing, the maximum permissible TOWING A TRAILER

Gross Vehicle Weight can be increased by a
Never exceed the maximum weights
maximum of 100 kg (220 lbs) provided that the
for either the vehicle, or the trailer.
road speed is limited to 100 km/h (60 mph).
Doing so can cause accelerated wear
Note: When calculating rear axle loading, and damage to the vehicle. It can also
remember that the trailer nose weight, the load adversely affect vehicle stability and
in the vehicle's luggage area, weight on the braking which in turn can lead to loss
roof rack, and the weight of rear seat of control and increased braking
passengers must all be added together. distance, resulting in a rollover or
crash.
TRAILER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION To preserve handling and stability,
Only connect approved electrical only fit Land Rover approved towing
circuits, which are in good condition, to accessories.
the trailer socket. Never use towing eyes or lashing
points to tow a trailer. They have not
When a trailer electrical been designed for this purpose and
connection is made and the doing so may cause them to fail,
vehicle’s direction indicators are resulting in injury or death.
used, the trailer warning indicator
will flash in time with the direction
indicators.

TOW BAR DIMENSIONS AND MOUNTING POINTS

All measurements in millimetres.

60
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Starting the engine

STARTING THE ENGINE 2. Press and release the engine START/STOP

Starting the engine

button.
Never start the engine, or leave it
running, when the vehicle is in an Whilst the vehicle is moving:
enclosed space. Exhaust gasses are It is not advisable to switch off the
poisonous and can cause engine whilst the vehicle is moving.
unconsciousness and death if inhaled. However, if a situation arises where
If the engine fails to start, do not engine switch off is urgent, the
continue cranking as this will discharge following procedure applies:
the battery. It may also damage the 1. Press and hold the engine START/STOP
catalytic convertor due to unburnt fuel button for 2 seconds, or
passing through the exhaust. 2. Press and release the engine START/STOP
Note: The Smart Key may not be detected if it button twice within 2 seconds.
is placed within a metal container or if it is
shielded by a device with a back-lit LCD screen, SWITCHING ON THE IGNITION
such as a smart phone, laptop (including
laptop bag), games console etc. Keep the
Smart Key clear of such devices when
attempting Keyless entry or Keyless starting.
To start the engine.
1. Ensure that a valid Smart Key is inside the
vehicle.
2. Ensure that Park (P) or Neutral (N) is
selected.
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal.
4. Press and release the engine START/STOP
button.
Note: For diesel vehicles the delay period
before cranking begins will be longer in low
ambient temperatures due to extended
glow plug operation. During this extended
delay the brake pedal must remain
depressed.
Once the engine has started, the brake pedal
can be released if it safe to do so.

SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE

Whilst the vehicle is stationary:
1. Ensure that the vehicle is parked with Park
(P) selected and the parking brake applied.

61
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Starting the engine

To switch on the ignition without starting the

engine.
1. Ensure the brake pedal is not depressed
and that a valid Smart Key is inside the
vehicle.
2. Press and hold the engine START/STOP
button until the warning lamps illuminate.
3. Release the engine START/STOP button.
If the brake pedal is applied when the
engine START/STOP button is pressed,
the engine will start.

ROLLING RE-START
A rolling restart can be initiated by selecting
Neutral (N) and pressing the engine
START/STOP button. 1. Position the Smart Key against the
underside of the steering column cover
KEYLESS START BACKUP with the buttons facing downwards.
If the vehicle has been unlocked using the 2. Firmly depress the brake pedal.
emergency key blade or the Smart Key is not 3. Press and release the engine START/STOP
detected by the vehicle, it will be necessary to button.
use the keyless start backup to disarm the
Once the engine has started, the brake pedal
alarm and start the engine.
can be released if it is safe to do so.
The keyless start backup can only be used
If the Smart Key is not recognised, or the
when the message Smart Key Not Found -
engine still fails to start, consult a Land Rover
Refer to Handbook is displayed in the Driver
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
information centre.

62
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Intelligent stop/start

INTELLIGENT STOP/START The following conditions will prevent an

Intelligent stop/start

The Stop/Start system is designed to improve automatic engine stop:

fuel efficiency and is automatically activated • The external temperature is less than
when the ignition is turned on. If the vehicle is approximately 0 °C (32 °F).
stopped (e.g. at traffic lights or in traffic) the • The external temperature is more than
engine will turn off (unless it is required to approximately 40 °C (104 °F).
support other vehicle systems). When the • The engine has not reached operating
brake is released and a drive gear is selected, temperature.
the engine will restart automatically. • The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The climate control system demand
The warning lamp in the requires the engine to be running (for
instrument panel illuminates when example, in Defrost mode).
the engine has been switched off • The battery charge is low.
by the Stop/Start system.
• The bonnet is opened.
• Stop/Start is deactivated.
To activate an automatic engine stop:
• Stop the vehicle from a speed greater than DEACTIVATING INTELLIGENT
4 km/h (2.5 mph) and apply sufficient
brake pressure to ensure the vehicle is
STOP/START
stationary. To switch the system off, press the ECO switch.
• Alternatively, whilst stationary, select Note: The engine will restart automatically if
Neutral (N). the switch is pressed whilst an automatic
engine stop is in progress.
To activate an automatic engine restart release
the brake pedal with Drive (D) or Sport (S)
selected. To confirm that the system is off,
The engine will also restart if one of the the Intelligent stop/start system
following occurs: off warning symbol illuminates
and the message ECO Stop/Start
• Stop/Start is deactivated.
Off is momentarily displayed.
• The accelerator pedal is pressed.
• Reverse (R) is selected.
The Intelligent stop/start system off warning
• Climate control system demand increases. symbol also illuminates if there is a system
• The vehicle’s speed exceeds approximately fault. If the ECO switch is pressed while there is
1 km/h (0.5 mph). a fault, the message ECO Stop/Start
• Battery charge becomes low. Unavailable is displayed.
• Brake vacuum has been reduced (e.g.
using the brake pedal repeatedly with the
engine off).

63
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Gearbox

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Gearbox

1. To select Drive (D) when the vehicle is To use CommandShift™, first select sport
stationary, apply the foot brake and press mode, then move the selector lever
the gear selector release button. forward to move up a gear, and back to
Note: If pressure is applied to the selector move down gear.
lever before the foot brake is applied, any To return to automatic mode move the
gear selected may not be available, selector lever back to the D position. The D
irrespective of the lever position. In this on the selector display will illuminate to
situation, remove pressure from the confirm that automatic mode has been
selector lever, ensure that the foot brake is selected.
applied and select the required gear. 3. The selected gear will be displayed in the
2. To select sport mode, move the gear message centre.
selector to the left while in D. Confirmation Park (P) should be engaged and the
will be displayed in the message centre. parking brake applied when the
vehicle is stationary.

64
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Gearbox

Always select P and switch off the TRANSMISSION FAULT

ignition before leaving the vehicle. In the event that the transmission develops a
Never select Park (P) whilst the vehicle fault, a warning message may be displayed in
is in motion. the message centre and only limited gears may
Never select Reverse (R) whilst the become available. You should seek qualified
vehicle is in forward motion. assistance immediately.
Never select a forward gear whilst the
vehicle is in rearward motion. MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Do not rev the engine or allow it to run Selection of reverse gear is prevented
above normal idle speed, while when the vehicle is travelling in excess
selecting D or R, or whilst the vehicle is of 24 km/h (15 mph). Never attempt to
stationary with any gear selected. engage reverse gear whilst the vehicle
is in forward motion. This may result in
Do not allow the vehicle to remain
serious transmission damage and
stationary for any length of time, with a
costly repairs.
gear selected and the engine running.
Always select P or N if the engine is to
idle for a prolonged period. GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR

MANUAL GEAR SELECTION The gear shift indicator illuminates

If CommandShift™ is selected, 1st gear must briefly at the recommended gear
be used for moving off from stationary. change point (upshift).
To return to Sport mode after CommandShift™
has been selected, move the gear selector lever The shift indicator will not illuminate whilst
into the D position, then back to Sport mode. Cruise control is active and not being
overridden by pressing the throttle pedal.
TRANSMISSION COMMANDSHIFT SELECTED
will appear in the message centre when the Note: This warning indicator is only a guide. It
transmission is in CommandShift mode. remains the responsibility of the driver to
operate the vehicle in an appropriate manner
Note: In order to protect the engine, the
for the prevailing conditions.
transmission will automatically change up to
prevent over-revving or down if the engine is
labouring.

HILL DESCENT
With Hill Descent Control (HDC) selected in
either automatic, Sport or CommandShift
modes, a low gear will be selected and
maintained to provide maximum engine
braking. Should the gear lever be moved to D
from the sport/CommandShift position, the
selected gear will be retained until the descent
is completed. See 79, HDC OPERATION.

65
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Stability control

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL

Stability control

(DSC)
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is
unable to compensate for driver
misjudgement. It remains the driver's
responsibility to drive with due care
and attention, in a manner which is
safe for the vehicle, its occupants and
the other road users.
DSC optimises vehicle stability, even in critical
To disable DSC, press and briefly
driving situations. The system controls
hold the DSC OFF switch on the
dynamic stability when accelerating and when
fascia (the DSC off warning lamp
starting from a standstill. Additionally, it
will illuminate continuously).
identifies unstable driving behaviour, such as
Deactivating DSC also reduces the
understeer and oversteer and helps to keep the
level of Traction control
vehicle under control by manipulating the
intervention and may lead to an
engine output and applying the brakes at
increase in wheel spin.
individual wheels. Some noise may be
generated when the brakes are applied.
SWITCHING DSC ON
SWITCHING DSC OFF DSC is re-enabled by one of the following:
Safety may be reduced by • Press and briefly hold the DSC OFF switch.
inappropriately disabling DSC. In the • Start the engine.
majority of driving situations, and • Select a new Terrain response special
particularly on-road, it is program.
recommended that you do not disable
DSC.
In some driving conditions it may be
appropriate to disable DSC to improve traction.
These conditions include:
• Rocking the vehicle out of a hollow or deep
rut.
• Pulling away in deep snow, or a loose
surface.
• Driving through deep sand or mud.

66
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Brakes

IMPORTANT INFORMATION EMERGENCY BRAKE ASSIST (EBA)

Brakes

Do not rest your foot on the brake If the driver rapidly applies the brakes, EBA
pedal whilst the vehicle is in motion. automatically boosts the braking force to its
Never allow the vehicle to coast maximum, in order to bring the vehicle to a halt
(freewheel) with the engine turned off. as quickly as possible. If the driver applies the
The engine must be running to provide brakes slowly but conditions mean that ABS
full braking assistance. The brakes operates on the front wheels, EBA will increase
will still function with the engine off, the braking force in order to apply ABS control
but far more pressure will be required to the rear wheels.
to operate them. EBA stops operating as soon as the brake pedal
If the red brake warning indicator is released.
illuminates, safely bring the vehicle to
a stop, as quickly as possible and The amber brake warning lamp
seek qualified assistance. illuminates briefly when the
Never place non-approved floor ignition is turned on.
matting or any other obstructions
under the brake pedal. This restricts A fault with the EBA system is indicated by the
pedal travel and braking efficiency. amber brake warning lamp illuminating and an
Driving through heavy rain or water can have associated warning message. Gently and safely
an adverse effect on braking efficiency. Under stop the vehicle and seek qualified assistance.
such circumstances, it is recommended that
you lightly apply the brakes intermittently, to ELECTRONIC BRAKE FORCE
dry the brakes. DISTRIBUTION (EBD)
EBD controls the balance of braking forces
STEEP SLOPES supplied to the front and rear wheels, in order
If the vehicle is stationary on a steep, slippery to maintain maximum braking efficiency.
slope, it may begin to slide even with the If the vehicle has a light load (only the driver in
brakes applied. This is because without wheel the vehicle for example), EBD will reduce the
rotation, the ABS cannot determine vehicle braking force applied to the rear wheels. If the
movement. vehicle is heavily laden, EBD will allow greater
To counteract this, briefly release the brakes to braking force to the rear wheels.
allow some wheel rotation. Then re-apply the
brakes to allow ABS to gain control.
The red brake warning lamp
illuminates briefly when the
ignition is turned on.

A fault with the EBD system is indicated by the

red brake warning indicator illuminating and an
associated warning message. Gently and safely
stop the vehicle and seek qualified assistance.

67
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Brakes

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE (EPB) With manual transmission the EPB is applied
automatically if the ignition is switched off and
The parking brakes operate on the rear
the vehicle speed is below 3 km/h (2 mph). To
wheels. Therefore, secure parking of
prevent automatic operation, when the vehicle
the vehicle is dependent on being on a
is stationary, press and hold the EPB switch in
hard and stable surface.
the release position. Within 5 seconds, switch
Do not rely on the parking brake to off the ignition and continue to hold the EPB
operate effectively, if the rear wheels switch for a further 2 seconds.
have been immersed in mud or water.
With automatic transmission manual
Note: If the vehicle is used in severe off-road application of the EPB is required.
conditions (e.g. wading, deep mud, etc.),
Driving the vehicle with the parking
additional maintenance and adjustment of the
brake applied, or repeated use of the
parking brake will be required. Consult your
parking brake to slow the vehicle, may
Land Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
cause serious damage to the brake
system.
In an emergency, with the vehicle travelling
more than 3 km/h (2 mph), pulling on the EPB
switch and holding gives a gradual reduction in
the speed. The brake warning lamp will
illuminate accompanied by a warning tone and
a warning message in the message centre. The
stop lamps will illuminate.
If the vehicle is stationary with the EPB applied
and the transmission in D or R, pressing the
accelerator will release the EPB and allow the
vehicle to move off.
Note: Automatic release of the EPB is only
With the ignition turned on, press the brake
possible when the driver’s door is closed or the
pedal and press down on the EPB switch. This
driver’s seat belt is buckled.
will release the electronic parking brake.
With the vehicle stationary, pull up the EPB
switch and release it to apply the parking brake. If the system detects a fault with the EPB, the
The parking brake warning lamp (see 47, amber brake warning lamp will illuminate
PARKING BRAKE (RED)) illuminates to accompanied by a message on the message
indicate that the parking brake is applied. centre.
If the EPB is operated when the vehicle speed If the system detects a fault while EPB is
is less than 3 km/h (2 mph) the vehicle will be operating, the red parking brake warning lamp
brought to an abrupt stop. The stop lamps will will flash, accompanied by a message in the
not be illuminated. message centre.
Note: The red parking brake warning lamp will
continue to be illuminated for at least ten
seconds after the ignition has been turned off.

68
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING

Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

SYSTEM
TPMS provides a low pressure
warning and does not re-inflate your
tyres. Tyre pressures should be
checked regularly using an accurate
pressure gauge when cold.
TPMS can NOT register damage to a
tyre. Regularly check the condition of
your tyres, especially if the vehicle is
driven off-road
When inflating tyres, care should be
taken to avoid bending or damaging the
TPMS valves. Always ensure correct
alignment of the inflation head to the
valve stem. Wheels fitted with TPMS can be visually
Note: Non-approved accessories may interfere identified by the external metal lock nut and
with the system. If this occurs, TYRE valve (1). All Land Rover non-TPMS wheels
PRESSURE MONITORING FAULT is displayed have a rubber valve fitted (2).
in the message centre. Tyre pressures should be checked regularly
Note: Different types of tyre may affect TPMS when cold, and adjusted as necessary. The
performance. Always replace tyres in presence of TPMS does not remove the need to
accordance with recommendations. do this to ensure vehicle safety.
TPMS constantly monitors the tyre pressure in The tyre pressure warning lamp (see 48, TYRE
each wheel, including the full size spare. PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
Temporary use spare tyres (when fitted) are (YELLOW)) illuminates when one or more of
not monitored. See 70, TEMPORARY USE the tyres are significantly under-inflated. Stop
SPARE WHEEL AND TYRE CHANGE. and check the tyres as soon as possible and
inflate them to the recommended pressure for
the vehicle loading condition.
TPMS also monitors the full size spare tyre
pressure. If the pressure for the spare tyre is
incorrect, the message CHECK SPARE TYRE
PRESSURE is displayed, accompanied by
illumination of the warning lamp.

69
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

FULL SIZE SPARE WHEEL AND TYRE

CHANGE
The system will automatically recognise any
changes in wheel positions. The vehicle must
be stationary for 15 minutes during the wheel
and tyre change, to ensure that the system can
detect the change. After driving above 25 km/h
(18 mph) any deflation warning should clear
within approximately 5 minutes.

TEMPORARY USE SPARE WHEEL

AND TYRE CHANGE
If the temporary use spare wheel is fitted, the
system will automatically recognise the change
in wheel positions. After approximately 10
minutes of driving above 25 km/h (18 mph),
the message FRONT[REAR] RIGHT[LEFT]
TYRE PRESSURE NOT MONITORED will be
displayed, accompanied by illumination of the
warning lamp.
The warning lamp will first flash and then
illuminate continuously. Extended use of the
temporary use spare wheel will trigger the
message TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM FAULT.
This TPMS display sequence will be activated
at every ignition cycle until the temporary spare
wheel is replaced by a full-size road wheel with
a TPMS sensor fitted.
Note: If in use, always replace the temporary
spare wheel before having a TPMS fault
investigated.

70
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Parking aids

USING THE PARKING AID

Parking aids

Parking aids may not detect moving Note: The rear sensors are automatically
objects such as children and animals, disabled when a trailer is connected.
until they are dangerously close. 1. When Reverse (R) is selected, the front
Always use extreme caution when and rear parking sensors are activated
manoeuvring. automatically, and the switch indicator will
PDC sensors may not detect some illuminate.
obstructions (e.g. narrow posts or To manually activate the front sensors
small objects close to the ground). press the PDC button and the switch
indicator will illuminate.
To turn off the system when active, press
the button. The switch indicator will
extinguish.
2. The range of the parking aid sensors varies
between the front, rear and corners of the
vehicle.

71
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Parking aids

The front sensors will remain active as long as

the vehicle's forward speed does not exceed 16
km/h (10 mph).
Selecting N from R will keep front and rear
sensors active.
When objects are detected, the parking aid
emits a warning tone which increases in
frequency as the vehicle gets closer to the
object and then becomes constant when the
obstacle is within 300 mm (12 inches).
Note: The front parking aid provides an audible
proximity warning when driving forwards and
when reversing.

CLEANING THE SENSORS

When washing the vehicle do not aim When reverse gear is selected, the screen
high pressure water jets directly at the automatically displays a wide angle, colour
sensors. Do not use abrasive materials image from the rear of your vehicle.
or hard/sharp objects to clean the The rear view camera system provides a rear
sensors. Only use approved vehicle view image to assist in reversing the vehicle.
shampoo. Overlaid on the image are reversing guidelines.
The sensors should be kept clean to maintain Rear view camera display on the touch screen
accuracy and performance. will discontinue when either of the following
apply:
PARKING AID SYSTEM FAULT • Drive is selected for longer than 5 seconds.
If a system fault is detected, a long • Drive is selected and/or vehicle speed is
high-pitched tone will sound, and the switch greater than 18 km/h (11 mph).
indicator will flash. Contact your Dealer/
To adjust the camera settings while in reverse,
Authorised Repairer as soon as possible.
touch anywhere on the touch screen to display
the user options.
REAR CAMERA
It remains the driver's responsibility
to detect obstacles and estimate the
vehicle's distance from them when
reversing.

72
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Parking aids

1. Solid line: The projected path based on

current steering wheel position.
2. Dotted line: The safe working width of the
vehicle (including exterior mirrors).
3. Tailgate access guideline: Do not reverse
beyond this point if tailgate access is
required.
4. Parking sensor activation: A coloured area
appears, to indicate which rear sensor(s)
has been activated.
5. User option. Touch to enable/disable (1),
(2) and (3).
6. User option. Touch to enable/disable (4)
Parking sensor.
7. User option. Touch to enable/disable Hitch
Assist guidance lines.

73
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle recovery

TOWING EYES
Vehicle recovery

The towing eyes at the front and rear 2. To remove the cover, lower the top edge
of the vehicle are designed for and then pull the cover forward.
on-road recovery only. If they are used To refit, offer up the cover and ensure the
for any other purpose, it may result in two lugs at the bottom edge engage with
vehicle damage and serious injury. the holes in the body panel.
Remove the front and rear towing eye 3. Using a suitable tool rotate each of the
covers before driving off-road, to fasteners 90 degrees anticlockwise.
prevent damage or loss.
4. Remove the cover.
Remove the body styling kit for access
to rear towing eye.
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
The front towing point is located behind a
If the towing eyes are to be used for
removable cover in the lower front bumper.
off-road recovery, it is essential that
1. Using a suitable tool rotate each of the off-road driver training covering
fasteners 90 degrees anticlockwise. recovery techniques is undertaken.

74
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle recovery

Further information on off-road driver 3. Apply the foot brake and place the gear
training can be found at lever into neutral.
http://www.landroverexperience.com 4. Switch off the ignition and leave the remote
control docked.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR 5. The ignition may be switched on to allow
WHEELS operation of indicators, brake lamps etc.
Do not undock the remote control as 6. Release the parking brake before towing
this will lock the steering column. the vehicle.
If the vehicle battery is to be Leaving the ignition switched on for
disconnected, the steering column extended periods will drain the vehicle
must be unlocked first. It is not battery.
possible to unlock the steering column
with the battery disconnected. AFTER TOWING ON FOUR WHEELS
If the engine cannot be used during 1. Apply the parking brake.
towing, there will be no power
assistance to the braking or steering 2. Switch on the ignition and apply the foot
systems. This will result in much brake.
greater effort to steer and stop the 3. Place the auto selector lever in the park
vehicle and a greatly increased position.
stopping distance. 4. Switch off the ignition and undock the
Only tow the vehicle in a forward remote control.
direction with all four wheels on the 5. Remove the towing attachment and refit
ground. Towing in a reverse direction the cover to the front towing point.
with two wheels on the ground will
Use extreme caution when detaching
cause serious damage to the
towing equipment. Vehicle movement
transmission.
is possible which can result in serious
The vehicle should only be towed for a injury.
maximum of 50 km (30 miles) at a
maximum speed of 50 km/h (30 mph).
Towing for a greater distance or at a
higher speed, may result in serious
damage to the transmission.
Do not tow the vehicle if the gearbox
cannot be set in neutral.
The following procedure must be carried out
carefully to prevent damage to the vehicle:
1. Secure the towing attachment from the
recovery vehicle to the front towing point.
2. With the parking brake applied, switch on
the ignition.

75
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Cruise control

USING CRUISE CONTROL Note: When setting the cruise control to

Cruise control

the speed limit, it is important to remember

In certain conditions, such as a steep
that it is possible for the vehicle speed to
gradient, the vehicle speed may
increase when travelling downhill. This
exceed the set cruising speed. This is
may result in the vehicle speed exceeding
because engine braking is unable to
the speed limit.
maintain or reduce the vehicle speed.
Driver intervention may be required. 2. RES: Press to resume the set speed.
Note: Cruise control is not available when RES should be used only if the
using Hill Descent Control (HDC) or when a driver is aware of the set speed and
Terrain Response special program has been intends to return to it.
selected, except for the Grass-Gravel-Snow 3. Press to decrease the set speed.
(GGS) program. 4. CAN: Press to cancel but retain the set
Note: Do not use cruise control when driving speed in memory.
off-road. Cruise control will also be cancelled if the
Note: Do not use cruise control with SPORT brake pedal is pressed, the gear selector is
mode selected. moved to Neutral (N), or if HDC or DSC are
activated.
The system is operated by controls mounted
on the steering wheel. The driver can also
intervene at any time by use of the brake or
accelerator pedals.
Note: If the accelerator pedal is pressed for
more than 5 minutes, cruise control will be
cancelled.

1. SET+: Press to set the speed or to increase

the set speed. The cruise control warning
lamp will illuminate to confirm cruise
control is operational. See 49, CRUISE
CONTROL (GREEN).
The cruising speed can also be increased
using the accelerator. When the desired
speed is reached, press the button to set
and maintain the new speed and then
release the accelerator.
Note: Cruise control can only be engaged
at speeds in excess of 30 km/h (18 mph).

76
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Terrain response

BEFORE DRIVING OFF-ROAD GENERAL PROGRAM (SPECIAL

Terrain response

Before venturing off-road, it is absolutely PROGRAMS OFF)

essential that inexperienced drivers become
fully familiar with the vehicle's controls. In
This program is compatible with
particular, CommandShift™, Hill Descent
all on and off-road conditions. If
Control (HDC) and the Terrain response
not already active, it should be
system.
selected before driving on
surfaces which are similar to a
TERRAIN RESPONSE OPERATION hard road surface. Dry cobbles,
tarmac, dry wooden planks, etc.,
all fall into this category.

This program should be selected once the need

for a special program has passed. Once the
special program has been deselected, all of the
Terrain Response selection is via centre vehicle systems will return to their normal
console switches. Use the switches to move settings except HDC. HDC will remain active if
through the different program selections. The it was selected manually.
currently selected program icon will be
displayed in the message centre. GRASS/GRAVEL/SNOW
Messages relating to the Terrain Response
system are displayed in the message centre.
See 44, WARNING AND INFORMATION This program should be used
MESSAGES. Most of the messages that appear where a firm surface is covered
will be for information only and require no with loose or slippery material.
driver intervention.
Note: Changing between special programs will Note: For deep gravel it is recommended that
alter various vehicle settings, e.g. engine revs the Sand program is selected.
while at the current accelerator pedal position Note: If the vehicle is unable to gain traction in
may alter or the steering feel might change. deep snow, switching DSC off may help. DSC
These changes are not dramatic but will be should be switched on again, as soon as the
noticeable. difficulty is overcome.
It is advisable to experiment with the available
settings in an environment that will not affect MUD-RUTS
other road users.
This program should be used for
crossing terrain that is muddy,
rutted, soft or uneven. HDC is
automatically selected with this
program.

77
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Terrain response

SAND If a participating vehicle system becomes

temporarily inoperable, the General program
will be automatically selected. Once the system
This program should be used for returns to normal operation, the previously
terrain which is predominantly active program will be re-activated unless the
soft dry sand or deep gravel. ignition has been turned off in the meantime.
If the system becomes completely inoperable,
Note: If the vehicle is unable to gain traction in all of the special program indicators will be
extremely soft, dry sand, switching DSC off switched off and a relevant message will be
may help. DSC should be switched on again as displayed in the message centre.
soon as the difficulty is overcome.
If the sand to be crossed is damp/wet, and WADING
sufficiently deep to cause the wheels to sink
The maximum advisable wading depth is
into the surface, the Mud-Ruts program should
500 mm (20 in). If the vehicle remains
be used.
stationary in water above the door sill level,
severe electrical damage may occur.
DRIVER OVERRIDE OPTIONS
Do not switch off the engine when
Although Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is wading and avoid stopping. If the
automatically engaged when a special program engine stalls, restart immediately. If
is selected, it can be turned off if required. See water has entered the engine air intake,
66, SWITCHING DSC OFF. switch off immediately. The vehicle
Hill Descent Control (HDC) is automatically must be recovered from the water and
engaged for some terrain response programs. be transported to a Land Rover
If required, HDC can be deselected or engaged Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
independently of terrain response. See 79,
SELECTING HDC.
The HDC status will be displayed in the
message centre whether it is engaged, or
disengaged, by the system or by the driver.

SYSTEM DIFFICULTIES
Use of an incorrect program will impair
the vehicle's response to the terrain and
can reduce the life of the suspension
and drive systems.
If the system becomes partially inoperable for
any reason, it may not be possible to select
special programs and a relevant message will
be displayed in the message centre.

78
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Hill descent control (HDC)

SELECTING HDC If the HDC warning lamp flashes, See 49, HILL
Hill descent control (HDC)

DESCENT CONTROL (GREEN), HDC has been

selected but is not operating. This is caused by
the system’s operating conditions not being
met (e.g. vehicle speed too high).
If HDC is deselected while operating, the
warning lamp will flash, See 49, HILL
DESCENT CONTROL (GREEN), and the system
will fade out, allowing the vehicle speed to
gradually increase.
If the vehicle speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph)
HDC will disengage and the HDC indicator will
extinguish.
Note: HDC is automatically deselected if the
ignition is switched off for more than 6 hours.

HDC OPERATION
With HDC engaged, the speed of descent can
be altered using the cruise control steering
wheel switches, as follows:
• To increase speed press and hold the +
switch (2) until the desired speed is
1. Press to switch HDC on and off. achieved.
2. Press to increase the set speed. • To decrease speed press and hold the -
3. Press to decrease the set speed. switch (3) until the desired speed is
HDC can be selected at speeds below 80 km/h achieved.
(50 mph). When the switch is released, the selected
Manual transmission: HDC can be used in first speed will be maintained.
or reverse gears. To increase or decrease speed gradually, tap
Automatic transmission: HDC can be used in the + or - switch as required. Each tap of the
D, R or CommandShift 1. When in D, the switch will increase/decrease the speed in
vehicle will select the most appropriate gear. increments/decrements of 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph).
Note: HDC is automatically selected by some The accelerator pedal can also be used to
of the Terrain response special programs. increase speed, up to the threshold in each
gear.
To select HDC, press and release the HDC
on/off switch (1). Note: Each gear has a pre-determined
minimum speed.
Descent speed will only increase on a slope
steep enough to provide additional
momentum. Therefore, use of the + switch on
a gentle slope may not increase the speed.

79
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Hill descent control (HDC)

When using HDC in manual transmission BRAKE TEMPERATURE

vehicles, depressing the clutch pedal will In extreme circumstances, the HDC system
prevent HDC from controlling the speed of may cause brake temperatures to exceed their
descent. pre-set limits. If this occurs the warning HDC
If the brake pedal is depressed, HDC will be TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE will be
overridden and the brakes will operate as displayed in the message centre. HDC will then
normal. When the brake pedal is released, HDC fade out and become temporarily inactive.
will resume control of the descent. Once the brakes have reached an acceptable
If HDC is switched off during a descent via the temperature, the message will disappear (or
brake pedal, HDC assistance will fade out the warning indicator will extinguish) and HDC
gradually. This is to prevent loss of control if will, if required, resume operation.
HDC is switched off in error. HDC will resume
control when switched back on if assistance is SYSTEM FAULT
still required but at the speed the vehicle is
If a fault is detected in the HDC system, HDC
travelling when the brake pedal is released.
FAULT SYSTEM NOT AVAILABLE will appear in
the message centre.
GRADIENT RELEASE CONTROL
If the fault is detected whilst the system is
(GRC) operating, HDC assistance will fade out.
With HDC activated, if the vehicle is stopped on
If a fault is detected, contact your Land Rover
a slope using the foot brake, GRC will become
Dealer/Authorised Repairer as soon as
active (except in Terrain response Sand
possible.
program). During a hill ascent when the foot
brake is released GRC will automatically delay
and graduate the brake release, to allow the
vehicle to move smoothly away. When
descending a hill, a similar brake hold and
gradual release is employed to provide a
smooth transition into HDC control.
GRC operates in forward and reverse gears and
requires no driver intervention.

WARNING MESSAGES
Do not attempt a steep descent if the
HDC system is inoperative or if any
HDC warning messages are displayed
in the message centre.

80
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Touch screen

TOUCH SCREEN HOME MENU

Touch screen

1. Touch to select the touch screen Setup 10. Press to select the Extra features menu.
menu. 11. Touch to select Home menu shortcuts. See
2. Touch to select Valet mode. During menu 82, TOUCH SCREEN SETUP.
mode, the icon is changed to the back soft
key, touch to return to the previous screen TURNING OFF THE TOUCH SCREEN
displayed
1. Press the screen on/off button once to
3. Press to select the Home menu. activate the screensaver (see 81, TOUCH
4. Touch or press to select the Audio/Video SCREEN HOME MENU). If the screensaver
menu. See 84, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS. has not been set, a single press will turn off
5. While navigation is operating, touch to the touch screen.
repeat the last given navigation instruction. 2. Press the screen on/off button twice to turn
During a phone call, the icon is changed. off the touch screen.
Touch to end the call. 3. To turn on the touch screen, press the
6. Touch to adjust time/date. screen on/off button.
7. Touch or press to select the On road
Navigation menu. Current set destination
is displayed.
8. Touch or press to select the Phone menu.
9. Press to turn on/off the screen.

81
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Touch screen

TOUCH SCREEN USE SCREEN SETTINGS

Always run the engine during prolonged Volume pop-up: Display Volume pop-up
use of the touch screen. Failure to do so on/off.
may discharge the vehicle battery, Screensaver: Change screensaver.
preventing the engine from starting
Time out home: Sub menu selection screens
Avoid spilling or splashing liquids onto can be set to revert to the Home menu after a
the touch screen. pre determined length of time.
Theme: Changes appearance of the touch
TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY ICONS screen soft keys.
Touch screen display icons are as follows (they
may not all be displayed at the same time): SYSTEM SETTINGS
Button feedback: Select to turn the soft key
Audio/Video: Touch to select the confirmation tone on/off.
Audio/Video menu. Clock adjust: Select 12 or 24 hour clock. Set
Phone: Touch to select the Phone current time. Select Date to change the date, or
menu. to alter the date format. Select Set, to store
new settings.
Navigation: Touch to select the
Note: The clock can also be adjusted from the
Navigation menu.
touch screen time display.
Back soft key: Touch to return to Home menu shortcuts: Select up to two items
the previous screen displayed. from the displayed list to appear as shortcuts
on the Home menu. Select Clear to deselect
highlighted items.
TOUCH SCREEN CARE
Language: Select the required language. Select
Do not use abrasive cleaners on the
Male or Female voice. Touch Change to select
touch screen. For approved cleaning
alternatives for Voice and text displays. Follow
products, contact your Dealer/
the on-screen instructions to confirm.
Authorised Repairer.
Note: Some languages are not yet available for
both System display text and Voice control. In
TOUCH SCREEN SETUP
this event, it will be necessary to select a
• Select Set-up from the Home menu. separate language for Voice control.
The setup screen is divided into categories: Volume presets: Adjust volume for the
• Screen available systems (announcements, parking
• System aid, phone, voice etc.).
• Voice
• Audio

82
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Touch screen

VOICE SETTINGS The training session can be cancelled at any

• Command list: View the categories and the time by touching the on-screen pop-up or by
acceptable voice commands. pressing and holding the Voice button on the
steering wheel. See 101, USING VOICE
Select an Information button to view
CONTROL.
alternative function commands.
• Voicetags: View the categories. Select a
SELECTING VALET MODE
category to manage the voicetags for the
chosen system. See 102, VOICETAGS. Valet mode allows the vehicle to be locked by a
parking attendant. Valet mode prevents
• Operating guide: View brief Voice system
operation of the touch screen, to prevent
instructions. Select Voice tutorial for more
access to telephone numbers or navigation
detailed instructions (cancel via the
addresses.
displayed pop-up or by pressing and
holding the voice button). 1. From the Home menu, select Valet.
• Preferences: Select to alter the following 2. If you wish to cancel the PIN, select
settings: Delete. If the PIN is cancelled, or
• Voice profile: The voice system can be incorrectly entered, you will be prompted
trained to have a greater recognition of to enter the PIN again.
a particular voice or accent.The default 3. Valet on is displayed to indicate that the
setting is Standard. To build a voice PIN has been accepted.
profile for either User 1 or User 2, it is 4. Valet mode activated is displayed to
necessary to complete a training indicate that the PIN has been accepted.
program first.
Valet mode On screen is displayed.
To complete the training for the first
time, select either User 1 or User 2 and
DESELECTING VALET MODE
follow the on-screen and audible
instructions. 1. When you re-enter the vehicle, select the
• Voice feedback: Select On/Off. Valet mode screen.
• Feedback volume: Adjust using the +/- 2. Enter your four digit PIN and touch the OK
buttons. It is not possible to reduce the button.
volume to zero. Valet mode deactivated is displayed to
• Voice training: Select to access the voice indicate that your PIN has been accepted.
system training program, designed to • The touch screen will be enabled.
enable the system to better recognise the Note: If the PIN is forgotten, Valet mode can
vocal characteristics of a user. only be deactivated by your Dealer/Authorised
Select User 1 or User 2 and follow the on Repairer.
screen and audible instructions. See 102,
VOICE TRAINING.

83
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Audio/video overview

AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS
Audio/video overview

Sustained exposure to high sound The player will accommodate 1 disc at a

levels (greater than 85 decibels) can time, but up to 10 CDs can be uploaded
damage your hearing. into the CD store. Only CDDA discs can be
1. Press to switch the audio system on/off. uploaded into the CD store.
Note: The audio system will operate with Only discs with CDDA tracks and no other
the ignition on or off, but will always switch type, can be uploaded to the Stored CD
off when the ignition is switched off. store.
Switch the audio on again if required. Insert a disc into the loading slot until
2. Rotate to adjust volume level. resistance is felt. The player mechanism
will complete the loading.
Note: If volume is turned to zero while a CD
is playing, the CD will pause play. Play will 7. Press to increase volume for any source.
resume when a greater volume is selected. 8. Seek up:
3. Touch screen
4. AUDIO VIDEO. Press for direct access to
the Audio/Video menu.
5. CD/DVD eject button.
6. CD/DVD loading slot.

84
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Audio/video overview

Short press: AUDIO SETTINGS

• To select the next radio preset. To view the audio settings menu, press the
• To select the next track on chosen Audio settings soft key on the touch screen.
audio source - CD, MP3 etc. To adjust the sound settings:
• when telephone is in use, press to 1. Touch the + or - soft keys to adjust Bass,
scroll up lists of calls or phonebook Treble or Subwoofer levels.
entries.
2. If surround sound is fitted, touch DPLIIx,
• To select the next DVD chapter.
DTS Neo:6, Meridian Trifield or select
Long press: Stereo to switch surround sound off.
• To auto seek up the frequency to the Note: Surround sound options are not
next radio station. available for certain sources where the
9. Press to decrease volume for any source. surround sound mode is set automatically.
10. MODE. Press repeatedly to scroll through To adjust balance and fade:
all audio/video sources.
11. Seek down:
Short press:
• To select the previous radio preset.
• To select the previous track or start of
current track on chosen audio source -
CD, MP3 etc.
• When telephone is in use, press to
scroll down lists of calls or phonebook
entries.
• To select the previous DVD chapter. 1. From the Sound settings menu, select
Long press: Balance/Fade.
• to auto seek down the frequency to the 2. Touch the arrow soft keys to move the
next radio station. sound focal point to the desired area of the
12. Menu navigation control: Rotate to scroll vehicle. Alternatively, touch the sound
through menu items. focal point and 'drag' it to the required
position.
13. Seek up: Short press to auto-seek to the
next radio station or next track on chosen
audio source. LOADING DISCS
• Long press to activate manual-seek, Do not force the disc into the slot.
scan forwards through a track. Do not use irregular shaped CDs or
14. Seek down: Short press to auto-seek to the DVDs and those with a scratch
previous radio station or previous track on protection film or self-adhesive label
chosen audio source. attached.
15. Press to display the Tone menu.

85
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Audio/video overview

The CD unit will play compact discs that Dolby, Pro Logic, and the double-D symbol are
conform to the international Red Book registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
standard audio specification. Playback
of CDs not conforming to this standard
cannot be guaranteed.
Recordable (CD-R) discs and
re-writable (CD-RW) discs may not
function correctly.
Recordable (DVD-R or DVD+R) discs Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent
may not function correctly. #’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380;
5,978,762; 6,487,535; 7,003,467 & other U.S.
Dual format, dual-sided discs (DVD
and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS,
Plus, CD-DVD format) are thicker than
the Symbol, and Neo:6 are registered
normal CDs and consequently playback
trademarks, & DTS Digital Surround and the
cannot be guaranteed, and jamming
DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product
may occur.
includes software. © DTS, Inc. All Rights
It is recommended that only high quality 12 cm Reserved.
(4.7 in.) circular discs are used.
The unit will play Compact Disc Digital Audio
(CDDA) discs, MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC files.
The CD/DVD player will accommodate one CD
or DVD disc at a time but up to 10 CDs can be
uploaded onto the virtual store.
Only CDDA discs can be loaded into the virtual
CD store.

LICENSING

Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent

#’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380;
5,978,762; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and
the Symbol are registered trademarks, & DTS
2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are
trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product includes
software. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Manufactured under license from Dolby

Laboratories.

86
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Audio/video overview

DivX Certified® to play DivX® video. CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music and
DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos video-related data from Gracenote, Inc.,
are registered trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.
used under license. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to
present Gracenote. One or more patents owned
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX® is a digital video
by Gracenote apply to this product and service.
format created by DivX, Inc. This is an official
See the Gracenote website for a
DivX Certified device that plays DivX video.
non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote
Visit www.divx.com for more information and
patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID,
software tools to convert your files into DivX
MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype,
video.
and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are either
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX registered trademarks or trademarks of
Certified® device must be registered in order Gracenote in the United States and/or other
to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content. countries.
To generate the registration code, locate the
DivX VOD section in the device setup menu. GRACENOTE® END USER LICENSING
1. Follow the route, Home Menu - Audio AGREEMENT
Video - My video - Settings - VOD.
This application or device contains software
2. An eight digit code will be displayed. This is from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
your unique DivX code. Make a note of this (“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote
code and keep it for future reference. (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this
Go to http://vod.divx.com with this code to application to perform disc and/or file
complete the registration process and learn identification and obtain music-related
more about DivX VOD. information, including name, artist, track, and
Covered by one or more of the following U.S. title information (“Gracenote Data”) from
Patents: 7,295,673; 7,460,668; 7,515,710; online servers or embedded databases
7,519,274. (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to
perform other functions. You may use
Gracenote Data only by means of the intended
End-User functions of this application or
device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for
Music and video recognition technology and your own personal non-commercial use only.
related data are provided by Gracenote®. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
Gracenote is the industry standard in music transmit the Gracenote Software or any
recognition technology and related content Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE
delivery. For more information, please visit NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,
www.gracenote.com. THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.

87
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Audio/video overview

You agree that your non-exclusive license to GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
if you violate these restrictions. If your license MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
terminates, you agree to cease any and all use PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE
Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN
all ownership rights. Under no circumstances NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR
will Gracenote become liable for any payment ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
to you for any information that you provide. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its LOST REVENUES.
rights under this Agreement against you © Gracenote, Inc. 2009
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier
to track queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to
count queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for
the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the
right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers
or to change data categories for any cause that
Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is
made that the Gracenote Software or
Gracenote Servers are error-free or that
functioning of Gracenote Software or
Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with
new enhanced or additional data types or
categories that Gracenote may provide in the
future and is free to discontinue its services at
any time.

88
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Radio

RADIO CONTROLS
Radio

1. Radio: Waveband selection. Touch to view 5. Seek up:

and select a waveband. The radio will tune • Short touch to auto seek up the
to the last used station on that waveband. frequency to the next radio station.
Touch again to close. • Long touch to activate manual seek
The waveband selection box will close mode. Further short touches change
automatically after 5 seconds without use. the frequency in single increments. A
2. Displays information about the current further long touch will scan forwards
station. through the current waveband until the
soft key is released.
3. Seek down:
• Short touch to auto seek down the 6. Settings: Touch to view and
frequency to the next radio station. activate/deactivate the following features:
RDS, Traffic, News, AF and REG. See 123,
• Long touch to activate manual seek
RADIO DATA SYSTEM (RDS).
mode. Further short touches change
the frequency in single decrements. A 7. Station list (FM only): Select to view a list
further long touch will scan backwards of available stations on the waveband. The
through the current waveband until the list can be sorted by Frequency, Name or
soft key is released. PTY (pop, news, sport etc.) by selecting
the appropriate soft key. Touch to select
4. Information. More information from the
the chosen station.
broadcasting station.
If the stations are sorted by category,
touch the chosen category to view and
select a corresponding station.
Autostore (AM only): Select to store up to
6 of the strongest stations on the AM
waveband.

89
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Radio

8. Frequency input: Select to enter a known

frequency of a station on the current
waveband, using the numeric keypad that
appears. Select OK or wait for 2 seconds to
tune to the entered frequency.
9. Station presets: Each waveband has 6
preset positions.
• Touch and release to tune to the
station stored on that preset.
• Touch and hold to store the current
station on that preset (the radio will
mute while the station is stored then
beep).
• Use the seek buttons on the steering
wheel to change to the next or previous
preset station.

RADIO DATA SYSTEM (RDS)

Your radio is equipped with RDS which enables
the audio unit to receive additional information
with normal FM radio signals.
Note: Not all FM radio stations broadcast RDS
information.
Select Settings to view or alter RDS settings.
• Traffic/News: Provides local travel or news
information.
• Regionalisation (REG): Select to prevent
the radio tuning into an alternative local
station that has a stronger signal.
• Alternative Frequency (AF): Select to
allow the radio to automatically re-tune to
a stronger alternative frequency for the
current station. This is useful on a journey
where the vehicle travels through different
transmitter areas.

90
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

DAB radio

DAB RADIO CONTROLS

DAB radio

1. DAB Radio: Touch to view and select a 6. Settings: Touch to view the DAB Settings
DAB band (DAB 1, 2 or 3). The radio will menu:
tune to the last used channel on that band. • Options: To activate/deactivate FM
Touch again to close. Traffic and Link DAB and to alter DAB
The DAB band selection box will close country and format settings (with
automatically after 5 seconds without use. vehicle stationary).
2. Indicates currently selected DAB band • Announcements: Select an alarm
(DAB1, 2 or 3). announcement and up to 3 other
announcement types (traffic, news
3. Seek down:
etc.) from the list. The selected
• Short touch to seek previous available announcements will interrupt the
channel. current programme when broadcast.
• Long touch to seek previous available
Ensemble. The first channel in the new
Ensemble will be selected.
4. Channel information: Touch to view DAB
text and channel information.
5. Seek up:
• Short touch to find the next available
channel.
• Long touch to find the next available
Ensemble. The first channel in the new
Ensemble will be selected.

91
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

DAB radio

7. Channel list: Touch to view a list of 10. Station presets: Each DAB band has 6
available Ensembles and channels. The list preset positions.
can be sorted by Ensemble, Channel, • Touch and release to tune the radio to
Subchannel or by Category. the station stored on that preset.
• If an Ensemble is selected from the • Touch and hold to store the current
list, all available channels from that station on that preset (the radio will
ensemble will be displayed. mute while the station is stored).
• Sorting by Subchannel is only • Use the seek buttons on the steering
available when the current channel is wheel to select the next or previous
broadcasting subchannels. preset station.
• If Category is selected, touch the Note: If you attempt to select a preset
chosen category to view channel that is now unavailable or invalid,
corresponding channels, before No reception is displayed.
making your selection from the list.
Once the desired selection has been made,
select the Back soft key to return to the
main DAB menu.
8. Subchannel: If subchannels are broadcast
by the current channel, this soft key will be
active. Select to allow subchannels then
select the required subchannel with the
seek down / up keys.
9. Auto-tune: Select to scan for all available
DAB Ensembles/channels. This needs to be
done before using the DAB radio for the
first time.
Auto-tune is also useful when travelling
long distances, so regional Ensembles can
be tuned.
During Auto-tune, a pop-up shows tuning
progress.
The Auto-tune process will not affect
current presets, but some presets may not
operate if the channel they relate to is no
longer available (No reception displays).

92
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

DAB radio

DAB RADIO SETTINGS ENSEMBLES

In Settings: Unlike AM/FM radio, DAB transmits several
• If the Link DAB setting is switched on and channels/stations on a single frequency. A
the signal strength for a channel falls below group of channels is known as an ensemble.
an acceptable level, the audio unit will Some channels within the ensemble may have
automatically search other available subchannels offering several listening options.
ensembles for a channel with the same If reception is lost when the vehicle is in
name. motion, the vehicle may be out of range of the
If an alternative local channel is found, the ensemble. To build a new list of ensembles,
new channel is played automatically after select Auto-tune.
few seconds. If the channel is not found
after a few seconds, the message No
reception is displayed.
The word Link is displayed at the top of the
touch screen when Link DAB is enabled.
• Select DAB country if driving into another
country. Scroll through the country
options to choose the appropriate one.
This will prompt an auto tune.
Note: This option is disabled while the
vehicle is moving.
• Choose DAB format if moving to a region
that uses a different digital band. Available
formats are:
• L Band
• Band III
• L Band & Band III
• L Band Canada
• L Band Can & Band III
This will prompt an auto tune.
Note: This option is disabled while the
vehicle is moving.

93
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Portable media

PORTABLE MEDIA CONTROLS

Portable media

See 84, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS. 4. Track list. Select to view current CD or

My music includes CD, iPod, USB, AUX and Stored CD track list. Select a track to start
Bluetooth devices. The full infotainment playback.
system also includes Stored CD. 5. Browse. (iPod, USB and Stored CD modes
1. Touch the My music icon to display all only).
options. Select an option. • Select to view the contents of the
Note: When switching between iPod and connected device which are displayed
USB media devices, select the iPod or USB as dictated by the file structure.
icon from the My music screen. • Select a file to start playback (Browse
view will remain). Select a folder or
Note: Sound quality and volume levels
subfolder to view their contents.
available from devices connected to the
auxiliary input may vary widely. • To return to the Controls menu, select
the Back soft key.
2. Display of information about the current
track, including elapsed run-time. Some of Note: If the iPhone is connected via a
this information is also displayed in the USB cable so that Audio can be played
instrument panel. or for phone charging, Bluetooth Audio
is disconnected.
Note: Only connected devices that support
ID3 shall have the information displayed.
3. Settings: Select to switch traffic and news
announcements on or off. Additionally, for
MP3 recorded media, you can select the
number of list entries that are skipped
when you use the page up/down arrows
when navigating a list.

94
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Portable media

6. Upload: Applicable to Stored CD menu In USB or iPod mode

only. • Select to repeat the current track.
Select to view and manage the CDs loaded • Select again to repeat the current
onto the CD store. folder (USB) or to cancel repeat mode
• Select Upload alongside an empty slot (iPod). Select again to cancel repeat
to upload the current CD. There are 10 mode in USB.
slots available. Note: Repeat mode is not available for
• If the CD store is full, select Replace to Bluetooth® devices.
overwrite an existing CD. Note: Selecting Shuffle (10) will cancel
In each case a confirmation pop-up will Repeat mode.
appear. Select Yes to continue. 9. Pause/Play: Select to pause playback.
Note: Loading time is dependent on Select again to resume playback.
content type. A % count up is displayed. 10. Information. More information about the
Other features can be selected while current track.
upload is in progress.
11. Shuffle:
7. Skip/Scan forward:
• Touch and release once to play random
• Touch and release to skip to the next tracks from the current CD, MP3
track. folder, USB folder or iPod playlist. A
• Touch and hold to scan forwards Shuffle message is displayed.
through the current track. Play will • Touch and release again to play
resume when the soft key is released. random tracks from CD, MP3 disc,
8. Repeat: USB folders or tracks on the media
In CD mode device or tracks loaded onto the CD
store. Shuffle all is displayed.
• Touch and release to repeat the current
track continuously until Repeat mode • Touch and release again to cancel
is cancelled. Repeat track is displayed. Shuffle mode
• Touch and release again to repeat the Note: Shuffle mode is not available for
current Stored CD (or folder for MP3 Bluetooth® devices.
discs) continuously until Repeat mode 12. Skip/Scan backward:
is cancelled. Repeat disc or Repeat • Touch and release within 3 seconds of
folder is displayed. track playback to skip to the previous
• Touch and release a third time to track.
cancel Repeat mode. • Touch and release after 3 seconds of
Note: Selecting Shuffle (10) will cancel track playback to skip to the beginning
Repeat mode, but Repeat track can be of the current track.
selected with Shuffle mode active (cancels • Touch and hold to scan backwards
the previously selected shuffle mode). through the current track. Playback will
resume when the soft key is released.

95
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Portable media

PORTABLE MEDIA CONNECTIONS CONNECTING A DEVICE

Portable media devices can be connected to
the media hub located in the cubby box.
Compatible portable devices include:
• USB mass storage devices (e.g. a memory
stick). Devices must use FAT or FAT32 file
format.
• iPod (iPod Classic, iPod Touch, iPhone and
iPod Nano are supported - full functionality
for older devices cannot be guaranteed).
iPod Shuffle functionality cannot be
guaranteed.
• Auxiliary device (personal audio, MP3
players, all iPods).
Note: Auxiliary devices have no touch 1. 3.5 mm AUX socket.
screen control. 2. USB socket.
If you are connecting an iPod, mass storage or Connect the device into the appropriate socket.
Bluetooth® device, use the touch screen to Note: Use the cable supplied with your media
operate and search the device. Many of the device to connect to the USB socket.
controls are similar to those available for CD
play. When an iPod is connected, playback will
continue from the point at which it was last
Please disconnect your iPod when playing, provided the iPod battery is in a good
leaving the vehicle. Failure to do so may state of charge.
result in the iPod battery discharging.
Do not plug non-audio devices into the
Note: The audio system will play MP3, WMA USB port.
and AAC files.
Note: A USB hub cannot be used to connect
To maximise playback quality, it is more than one USB device to the audio unit.
recommended that lossless compression is
used for any media files on USB or iPod. Failing Note: Devices connected to the USB ports will
this, it is recommended that compressed files be charged, but devices that are fully
utilise a minimum bitrate of 192 kb/s (a higher discharged will not play.
bitrate is strongly recommended). Note: Options such as Repeat and Mix relate
Note: iPod is a trademark of Apple Computer to the device currently playing, they will not
Inc., registered in the US and other countries. apply to any subsequent device.
Note: Some MP3 players have their own file The 3.5mm AUX socket allows additional
system that is not supported by this system. To equipment (e.g. personal stereos MP3 player,
use your MP3 player, you must set it to USB hand-held navigation unit, etc.) to be
Removable Device or Mass Storage Device connected to the audio system.
mode. Only music that has been added to the Note: iPod shuffle may be connected via the
device in this mode can be played. AUX socket.

96
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Portable media

PLAYING A PORTABLE DEVICE PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING

If you are using a USB mass storage device or THE MEDIA PLAYER
approved iPod, you can control playback using For further information on Bluetooth®, see
the touch screen controls. 103, BLUETOOTH® INFORMATION.
If you are using a Bluetooth® device, you can Note: The process of pairing and connecting
control playback using the touch screen, but your media device with the vehicle, using the
some controls are unavailable. media device, will vary depending on the type
If you are using any portable media device via of media device.
the AUX socket, then you must control 1. Switch on the ignition and ensure the touch
playback from the device itself. screen is active.
Land Rover does not recommend the 2. From the Home menu, select Audio/Video,
use of a Hard Disc Drive via the USB link then My music.
while the vehicle is in motion. These
3. Touch Bluetooth.
devices are not designed for in car use
and may be damaged. 4. A menu will appear. Select Change device.
5. Select Device to vehicle option.
CONNECTING MULTIPLE DEVICES Note: The vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is
Do not plug non-audio devices into the only discoverable for 3 minutes.
USB port. 6. Using the media device, search for
You can connect multiple devices Bluetooth® devices. On some media
simultaneously to the portable media interface devices, this is referred to as new paired
and switch between them using the touch device. See your media device’s operating
screen. Select iPod, USB, Bluetooth or AUX, to instructions for further information.
switch between modes. 7. When the vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is
The device docked first will remain the active discovered, follow the on-screen
device until you choose to change. instructions. Select Yes when prompted, to
confirm the pairing.
If, after changing to the newly-docked device,
you change back to the first device, play will Either your device or the vehicle system
resume at the point you left it (iPod and USB will ask for a PIN (Personal Identification
only). Number). When prompted, enter a PIN of
your choice and select OK to confirm.
Note: You cannot use a USB hub to connect
more than one USB device to the audio unit. 8. Enter the same PIN into the other device.
Note: Devices connected to the USB port will 9. Once your device is paired and connected
be charged, but devices that are fully to the system, a confirmation message will
discharged will not play. be displayed, before switching to the My
music, Bluetooth® screen.
Note: Options such as Repeat and Shuffle
relate to the device currently playing, they will Note: Some media devices do not
not apply to any subsequent device. automatically connect and need to be
manually connected, via the device or by
using the Change device option.

97
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Portable media

PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING LOSS OF CONNECTION

THE TOUCH SCREEN If a loss of connection between the vehicle and
For further information on Bluetooth®, see the Bluetooth® device occurs, a pop-up is
103, BLUETOOTH® INFORMATION. displayed. Select Reconnect to automatically
restore the connection. A confirmation pop-up
1. Switch on your device’s Bluetooth®
will appear before the touch screen reverts to
connection. Make sure that it is in
its previous mode.
Bluetooth® discoverable mode,
sometimes referred to as find me mode
(see your device’s operating instructions CHANGING/DISCONNECTING A
for more information). DEVICE
2. Switch on the ignition and ensure the touch 1. From the menu, select Change device.
screen is active. 2. Select Disconnect. A confirmation pop-up
3. From the Home menu, select Audio/Video, will appear and then you will be given the
then My Music. option to Search new or select a different
4. Touch Bluetooth. device from the list of paired devices.
5. A menu will appear. Select Change device.
6. Select Vehicle to device option.
7. Identify your device from the displayed list
and select the corresponding Pair and
connect option.
Note: If more than 5 devices are detected,
it may be necessary to use the scroll bar to
see the entire list.
8. When prompted, enter the PIN (Personal
Identification Number) code into your
device. See your device's operating
instructions for more information.
9. Once your device is paired and connected
to the system, a confirmation message will
be displayed before switching to the My
music,Bluetooth® view.
Note: Due to the duration of a Bluetooth®
search, it is advised that the time-out to home
screen feature is switched off before
attempting to search for Bluetooth® devices.
This setting can be changed within Set-up,
Screen, Time out home.

98
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Video media player

VIDEO MEDIA PLAYER CONTROLS

Video media player

1. My video: Video input selection. 4. Tools: The following options can be

Touch the + icon to view and select DVD or selected:
other forms of video media (CD/USB), • GOTO: The GOTO menu allows you to
provided the relevant media is present. The access specific parts of the video, by
selected option will be displayed. Chapter or Title number.
Note: After 5 seconds without use, the My • Subtitles.
video menu will close. • Angle.
2. Preview screen for video media • Audio.
information: Touch to select full screen • Top menu.
mode. 5. Menu: Select to view the Video media
Short touch the screen again to view the menu. On some screens this may be
controls at any time. replaced by a Browse soft key.
To return to preview mode, touch and hold 6. Seek up: Select to view the next DVD
the full screen view. chapter or previous chapter of the video
3. Settings. Depending on the video media media.
specification, there are 3 sub-menus within 7. Select to pre-stop playback. A second
settings: Options, VOD (Video On Demand) touch will stop and reset the DVD.
and Audio settings. 8. Select to start/restart play.
VOD allows playing of DivX VOD content 9. Seek down: Select to view the previous
from video media. The eight digit DVD chapter or previous chapter of the
registration code will be displayed when video media.
the VOD soft key is touched.
The player must also be registered with
DivX. See 86, LICENSING.

99
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Video media player

For information on the CD/DVD loading slot

and eject button, and the use of the audio/video
controls on the audio unit and steering wheel,
see 84, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS.

VIDEO MEDIA INHIBIT WITH VEHICLE

MOVING
When the vehicle is moving the video picture
will automatically be inhibited. The touch
screen will display the My video screen and the
relevant safety message will be displayed.

FULL SCREEN VIEW

When full screen mode is selected, the seek
controls operate in the same manner as they do
in preview mode.
Use the relevant soft key to select the 4:3, 16:9
or Zoom option to magnify the picture.

100
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Voice control

USING VOICE CONTROL

Voice control

Note: The voice system has been designed to Note: As the commands are listed before
recognise a number of languages. However, the system is ready to listen, it is important
Land Rover cannot guarantee the system will to wait for the voice symbol to appear
be compatible with every accent group within alongside the relevant command, before
those languages. Please speak to your using the command.
Dealer/Authorised Repairer about testing the 4. When displayed, say Cancel to cancel the
Voice System for compatibility with a particular current voice session.
accent group.
5. When displayed, say Help to get assistance
1. Voice button: Press briefly to start a voice during a voice session.
session. Press and hold to cancel a voice
Note: The currently selected user (User 1
session.
or User 2) is identified at the bottom of the
Note: Briefly press the Voice button during command list.
a voice session, to interrupt audible
Note: If a listed item is longer than the
feedback. Wait for the tone to sound before
available space on the menu, ...> will
giving the next command.
appear. Use the seek controls on the
2. Voice symbol: Indicates that a command is steering wheel to view the entire entry. See
available. Wait for the symbol to appear 84, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS.
and a tone to sound before using the
command.
VOICE TUTORIAL
3. Command list: Appears in the instrument To listen to a tutorial detailing the operation of
panel, providing feedback and available the Voice system:
commands at each stage of the voice
session. Say an available command. 1. Briefly press the Voice button to start a
voice session.

101
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Voice control

2. Wait for the tone to sound, then say Voice To add a Voicetag:
tutorial. 1. Briefly press the Voice button to start a
Alternatively, the tutorial can be selected using Voice session.
the touch screen, as follows. 2. Wait for the tone to sound then say Phone,
1. Select Setup from the touch screen Home Navigation or Radio.
menu. 3. Say Store voicetag.
2. Select Voice from the Setup menu. Alternatively, Voicetags can be managed via
3. Select Operating guide from the Voice the touch screen as follows:
settings menu. 1. Select Setup from the Home menu.
4. Select Voice tutorial. 2. Select Voice from the Setup menu.
The voice tutorial can be cancelled at any time 3. Select Voicetags from the Voice settings
by selecting Cancel on the on-screen pop-up menu.
or by pressing and holding the Voice button.
4. Select the system which the Voicetag is to
activate (Phone, Navigation or
VOICE TRAINING Radio/DAB).
This is a feature designed to enable the system
Follow the on-screen and audible instructions.
to better recognise the vocal characteristics of
a user, once the training has been completed.
To carry out Voice training:
NAVIGATION POI VOICE COMMANDS
To request the display of POI (Point Of Interest)
1. Select Setup from the Home menu.
identifiers on the navigation display:
2. Select Voice and from the Setup menu.
Say Navigation, followed by the name of the
3. Select Voice training from the Voice desired POI category from the following list:
settings menu.
• Petrol station/Petrol.
4. Select User 1 or User 2, to start the • Parking/Car park.
training.
• Land Rover Dealer.
5. Follow the on-screen and audible
• Hospital.
instructions.
• Golf course.
The training session can be cancelled at any
• Tourist information.
time by selecting Cancel from the on-screen
pop-up or by pressing and holding the Voice • Restaurant/I’m hungry.
button. • Shopping centre.
• Hotel.
VOICETAGS • Motorway service.
Voicetags enable the user to personalise the • Town centre.
Voice system so that a single name can be used Icons will appear on the navigation display,
to call-up a navigation destination, telephone indicating the locations of the selected POI. For
number or radio channel. further information about POIs, see 115,
CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES.

102
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Telephone

TELEPHONE SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Telephone

1. Change phone. Search new or change to 12. Delete. Touch to delete the last entered
another paired phone. digit, and hold to delete the whole entered
2. Last 10. Access the last 10 dialled, number.
received and missed calls.
3. Phonebook. Access the downloaded BLUETOOTH® INFORMATION
phonebook.
4. Digit Dial. Access Digit Dial mode. Bluetooth® is the name for
short-range radio frequency (RF)
5. Touch and hold to retrieve your Voice mail.
technology that allows electronic
6. Status display: Displays the name and/or devices to communicate
number dialled and call duration. wirelessly with each other.
7. Call Connect/Disconnect icons. Touch to
send/accept or end/reject a call. The Land Rover Bluetooth® system supports
8. Settings. Access Voice mail set up, Bluetooth® Hands-Free Profile (HFP),
Answer options and Phone options. Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP)
9. Mute microphone. Initiate Privacy mode. and Audio Video Remote Control Profile
While selected, the caller will not hear you (AVRCP).
talking. Note: HFP and A2DP/AVRCP profiles can be
10. Auto reject. When active, any incoming connected independently, so a phone can be
calls will be rejected or diverted to voice connected via one, while a media device can be
mail (depending on mobile phone connected via the other, at the same time.
settings).
11. Use handset. Switch the call to your
mobile phone.

103
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Telephone

Before making use of the vehicle’s Bluetooth The Health Industry Manufacturers'
phone system, your Bluetooth phone must be Association recommends that a minimum
paired and connected to the vehicle system. separation of 15 centimetres (six inches) is
This is done using one of two methods; via maintained between a wireless phone antenna
your phone to the vehicle or from the touch and a pacemaker, to avoid potential
screen to your phone. If one of these methods interference with the pacemaker. These
is not successful, try the other option. recommendations are consistent with the
Each time the ignition is switched on the independent research by, and
system will attempt to connect with the last recommendations of, Wireless Technology
connected phone. Research.
As mobile phones have a wide range of audio
and echo characteristics, it may take a few TELEPHONE COMPATIBILITY
seconds for the vehicle system to adapt and Please refer to the Owners section of the Land
deliver optimum audio performance. To Rover website at www.landrover.com, for a
achieve this, it may be necessary to reduce the list of compatible phones.
in-vehicle volume and ventilation fan speed Note: The Bluetooth® equipped phones listed,
slightly. have been tested for compatibility with Land
Rover vehicles. Performance will vary, based
TELEPHONE SAFETY on the phone’s software version, battery
Switch off your telephone in areas condition, coverage and your network
with a high explosion risk. This provider. Phones are warranted by their
includes filling stations, fuel storage manufacturer, not Land Rover.
areas or chemical factories, as well If the mobile phone supports Bluetooth®
as places where the air contains fuel Hands Free Profile 1.5 (HFP 1.5), additional
vapour, chemicals or metal dust. features will be displayed on the vehicle touch
Always stow your mobile phone screen, such as battery meter, signal strength
securely. and network operator.
The functioning of cardiac
pacemakers or hearing aids may be
PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING
impaired when the phone is in use. THE PHONE
Check with a doctor or manufacturer Note: The process of pairing and connecting
whether any such devices you or your your phone with the vehicle using the mobile
passengers are using, are sufficiently phone will vary depending on the type of
protected against high-frequency mobile phone used.
energy. 1. Switch the ignition on and ensure that the
touch screen is active.
2. From the home menu, select Phone.
3. A menu will appear. Select Search new.
4. Select Device to vehicle option.
Note: The vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is
discoverable for only 3 minutes.

104
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Telephone

5. Using the mobile phone, search for 6. Identify your phone from the displayed list
Bluetooth® devices. and select the corresponding Pair and
On some phones, this is referred to as new connect option.
paired device. See your phone's operating Note: If more than 5 phones are detected,
instructions for further information. it may be necessary to use the scroll bar to
6. When the vehicle's Bluetooth® system is see the entire list.
discovered, follow the on-screen 7. When prompted, enter the PIN code into
instructions. Select Yes when prompted, to your phone. See your phone’s operating
confirm the pairing. instructions for more information.
Either the phone or the vehicle system will 8. Once your phone is paired and connected
ask for a PIN (Personal Identification to the system, a confirmation message will
Number). When prompted, enter a PIN of be displayed before switching to the Digit
your choice and select OK to confirm. Dial screen.
7. Enter the same PIN into the other device. Note: Due to the duration of a Bluetooth®
8. Once your phone is paired and connected search, it is advised that the timeout to home
to the system, a confirmation message will screen feature is switched off before
be displayed before switching to the Digit attempting to search for Bluetooth® devices.
Dial screen. This setting can be changed within Vehicle,
Syst settings, Display set, Timeout to home
Note: Some mobile phones require the
screen.
Bluetooth® pairing to be set as
‘authorised’ or ‘trusted’ in order to
automatically connect. Please refer to your CHANGING THE CONNECTED PHONE
phone’s operating instructions for further Up to 10 mobile phones can be paired with the
information. vehicle in the same way. However, only one can
be connected and ready for use as a phone at
PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING any one time.
THE TOUCH SCREEN To connect a different paired phone to the
vehicle, follow the steps below:
1. Switch on your mobile phone’s
Bluetooth® connection. Make sure that 1. From the home menu, select Phone.
your mobile phone is in Bluetooth® 2. A menu will appear. Select Change phone.
discoverable mode, sometimes referred to 3. Identify and select your phone from the
as find me mode (see your phone’s displayed list.
operating instructions for more
4. Once your phone is connected to the
information).
system, a confirmation message will be
2. Switch the ignition on and ensure the touch displayed before switching to the Digit Dial
screen is active. screen.
3. From the home menu select Phone.
4. A menu will appear. Select Search new.
5. Select Vehicle to device option.

105
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Telephone

TELEPHONE SYSTEM ICONS STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS

Connect. Use to send or accept a

call and access last 10 calls list.
Disconnect. Use to end or reject a
call.
No phone connected.

Phone signal strength indicator.

Phone battery level indicator.

Bluetooth. Indicates that a

Bluetooth® device is connected.
Tick. Indicates that a Bluetooth®
device is paired.
1. Press to scroll up a displayed list.
Voicemail. Press and hold to dial
the stored voicemail number. 2. Press to increase volume when in a call.
3. Press to scroll down a displayed list.
Scroll bar up arrow. Use to scroll
up lists of detected phones, calls 4. Press to decrease volume when in a call.
or phonebook entries. 5. Press and release to access last 10 dialled
Scroll bar down arrow. Use to list or dial a number/contact. Press and
scroll down lists of detected hold to access phonebook list view.
phones, calls or phonebook 6. Press to end a call or to reject an incoming
entries. call.
Note: When scrolling through a phonebook or
last 10 list, each contact is also displayed in the
message centre.

CALL VOLUME
The phone call volume is operated by the audio
system’s volume control.
If the audio system is in use when a phone call
is active, the audio system source is
suppressed for the duration of the call.

106
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Telephone

PHONEBOOK
Contacts stored in the memory of a paired
phone can be automatically downloaded to the
vehicle’s phonebook each time the phone is
connected to the system. See 104,
TELEPHONE COMPATIBILITY.
Certain phones store the phonebook in two
different areas, the SIM card and the phone
memory. The vehicle system will access only
those numbers stored in the phone memory.
To access contacts from the phonebook:
1. From the Phone menu, select Phonebook.
2. Using the keyboard, select the letter you
wish to search under.
3. Select List to view the phonebook.
4. Identify the required contact from the
displayed list and touch to call. If a contact
has more than one number stored, select
the required number from the list.
Note: It may be necessary to use the scroll
bar to see the entire list.
There are also options to view more
contact information, by selecting the
corresponding i key.
If your phone supports contact type data, you
will be able to see a contact type icon in the
vehicle's phonebook directory. These can be
seen on the right-hand side of each contact in
the directory and will indicate one of the
following types:

Default.

Mobile.

Home.

Work.

107
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM Under certain conditions it is possible for the

Navigation system

Navigation instruction is by map and turn vehicle position shown on screen to be

information displayed on the touch screen and incorrect. This may happen when:
can be complemented by voice guidance if • Driving on a spiral ramp in a building.
required. The system uses signals from Global • Driving on or beneath elevated roads.
Positioning System (GPS) satellites combined • Two roads are close and parallel.
with information from vehicle sensors and • The vehicle is transported to another
from data stored on the hard drive, to establish destination.
the true vehicle position.
• After the vehicle is rotated on a turntable.
Note: Mapping data loaded on the hard drive is
• After vehicle battery disconnection.
relevant to the market in which the vehicle is
first sold and will provide guidance and
information only for that area. Your Land Rover USING THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Dealer/Authorised Repairer will have details of
software updates.
Using this combination of data sources the
vehicle navigation computer enables you to
plan and follow a route map to your desired
destination.
The touch screen is used to control navigation
via menus, text screens and map displays.
Operate the system only when it is
safe to do so.
The requirements of national Road Traffic
Regulations always apply.
Observation of traffic signs and local traffic 1. Navigation soft key, touch for navigation.
regulations always take priority.
2. Destination entry. Touch for destination
The navigation system serves solely as an aid entry menu.
to navigation. In particular, the navigation
3. NAV shortcut button, press for navigation.
system cannot be used as an aid to orientation
when visibility is poor. If the navigation screen language has not been
set, select Language, and touch OK to confirm.
GPS signals may occasionally be interrupted
The CAUTION screen will return.
due to physical barriers such as tunnels and
roads under raised highways. After touching Agree, the touch screen will
display the previously displayed map view.
However, direction and speed sensors on the
This will show the current vehicle position.
vehicle will minimise any adverse effect on the
Touch the Nav menu soft key to display the
navigation system. Normal operation will
main menu screen.
resume once the obstruction has been passed.

108
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

At this point, the first time user should set up

personal preferences in the Nav set-up area.
These settings are applied whenever navigation
is used.

MAIN MENU

1. More...: Displays the other Nav menu 6. When a destination is set, the Land Rover
screen. logo is replaced by a soft key which
2. Cancel guidance: Cancels current route enables the last voice instruction to be
guidance. repeated.
3. Destination entry: Provides a choice of 7. Route voice guidance: Allows the voice
options for entering a destination. guidance messages to be turned off for the
current journey. The soft key is highlighted
4. Previous destination: Displays previous
while voice guidance is enabled.
destinations entered.
8. Quick POI shortcuts. This provides the
5. Display/Hide POI: Turns the POI (Point Of
option to quickly enter a destination of a
Interest) icons on the map on/off.
local POI. The categories can be changed
in the Navigation setup menu.

109
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

9. Return to map: Advances to the main map 13. TMC (Traffic Message Channel): Not used
screen. for entering a destination but, when
10. Detour: Allows a detour from the current enabled, will provide data about road
route. conditions and any events that may affect
the journey.
11. Nav set-up: Settings for the navigation
system. 14. Stored locations: Manages the stored
locations.
12. Route options: Allows selection of various
options for the route.

MAP SPLIT SCREEN

1. Compass (always indicates North). Press 4. Current vehicle position and direction.
to select: North up, heading up or bird's 5. Right map view, scale/zoom setting.
eye map style.
6. Current location.
2. TMC (Traffic Message Channel) signal.
7. GPS signal indicator. The indicator is only
Without a diagonal bar, a signal is being
displayed when there is no reception.
received; with a diagonal bar, a signal is not
being received. The icon will also change 8. Screen selection.
colour depending on the status of traffic on 9. Left map view, scale/zoom setting.
the route. 10. Opens Navigation menu 1 of 2 screens.
3. Next direction display. When intersection 11. Distance/miles to destination.
map view has been switched off, touch
icon to view again.

110
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

12. TMC event (traffic congestion). Motorway information: This view

is only available when travelling on
Touch to close the Intersection a motorway. It displays
and Motorway junction view. The automatically to show remaining
previously displayed map is motorway exits along your route.
shown after closing.
To turn off the Guidance or Motorway
information screens, proceed as follows:
MAP AUTO ZOOM
1. From the Nav menu, touch More....
When under guidance the map zooms in
automatically when approaching an 2. Select Nav set-up.
intersection or motorway junction. 3. Touch User settings.
1. From the map screen, touch the left map 4. Touch Guidance screen or Motorway
view, scale/zoom soft key. information to deselect the option.
2. Touch the Auto zoom soft key. The soft key 5. Touch Ok to confirm.
will be highlighted when auto zoom is
enabled. SEARCH AREA
The navigation map database is divided into
SCREEN MODES countries, or areas of countries, called search
Touch the screen mode selection key to view a areas. When setting a route, the destination (or
series of icons, each depicting a different waypoint) entered must be in the currently
screen mode (as detailed below). Touch the selected search area.
relevant icon to select the desired screen Before attempting to set a destination or
mode. waypoint, set the correct search area as
follows:
Full screen view. 1. Select Destination entry from the main
navigation menu.
Split screen view. 2. Touch More....
3. Touch Search area.
Shows list of turn directions on 4. Scroll through the list and select the 3
the right half screen. letter code that corresponds to the desired
destination area.
Guidance screen: Shows detailed
view of the next junction on 5. Select Ok. The destination entry menu is
motorway or intersection view on shown and the information window shows
non-motorway roads, in the right the currently selected search area.
half of screen.

111
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

SETTING A DESTINATION 2. Touch 3 Routes to display a choice of 3

different route options on the map. The
1. After touching Agree, the initial map
roads on the map are drawn in 3 different
screen is displayed, now touch Nav menu.
colours to highlight each route. EcoRoute
2. From the Navigation Menu, touch helps you find the most fuel efficient route
Destination entry. available. A display of 3 leaves indicates
3. Touch Address from the Destination the most fuel efficient route.
screen and input the town name or 3. Select route 1, 2 or 3 by touching the
postcode. respective box displayed on the right side
4. Once sufficient letters have been entered, of the map.
touch Ok or List to display all the possible 4. Touch Change Route followed by Route
towns. prefs. to change the route settings. If a
5. If necessary, use the scroll arrows to the destination is already set, touch Waypoint
left of the list to search up or down. Select to add a waypoint in the journey if required.
the town you require. 5. When you have made your selection, if any,
6. Now enter the road name. Once sufficient touch GO
letters have been entered, touch Ok or List Note: As you approach a junction, in addition
to display all the possible roads. to the voice guidance, an inset on the map will
7. Select the road you require. Enter the display an enlarged view of the junction.
house number of the address (if known)
then touch Ok to confirm. AVOID POINTS
8. If the house number is not known, select When calculating a route, an area to avoid can
Ok, the end of the road is then used as the be set and stored.
destination. 1. From the Nav menu, touch More....
9. The map screen showing the selected 2. Select Stored locations.
destination details is displayed. Touch GO
to calculate the default quick route, or 3. Select Avoid points.
Review route for alternative routes. 4. Select Add.
10. Touch GO to start journey. 5. Select the location of area to avoid from the
Destination entry menu. Touch Ok to
START GUIDANCE activate the view where the size of the area
to avoid can be set.
After selecting Review route, the system will
calculate the route. 6. Touch Ok to activate the area to avoid. The
size of the area can be adjusted.
1. There is now a choice to select 3 Routes,
Change route or select GO, to start 7. Touch Ok, the area to avoid is now set and
navigation guidance. stored.
To edit or delete an area to avoid from the
stored list.
1. From the Nav menu, touch More....
2. Select Stored locations.

112
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

3. Select Avoid points. QUICK POI SELECTION

4. From the sub menu, select Edit or Delete. 1. Touch the Map to display the additional
options
EASY ROUTE 2. Touch the Point of interest (POI) soft key.
In Route options, Easy Route can be turned On 3. The screen shows six suggested
or Off. categories, 5 of which can be selected as
When On is selected, Easy Route changes the quick points of interest.
calculation parameters of Route 3 in order to 4. Select a Quick POI category, or touch More
reduce: to see further POIs. Touch Ok to confirm a
• Junctions. selection.
• Turns. 5. The map with the POI icon(s) is displayed.
• Turns that cross traffic. Scroll the map to the POI icon, then touch
• The priority of minor roads. Set destination to set and calculate route.
• Complex junctions and manoeuvres. 6. Touch GO to start journey.

LEARN ROUTE RESTORE SYSTEM DEFAULTS

In Route options, Learn Route can be turned From the navigation menu, select Nav set-up.
On or Off. If you have made any changes to the system’s
When On is selected, if you make the same default settings, use this menu to restore the
deviation from the proposed route 3 times, original settings.
then the system will memorize the deviation
and offer that as the normal route from then on. FAVOURITES
Select Reset all routes to delete any learnt This enables you to manage destinations such
routes and return to the default settings. as, place of work, home, favourite restaurant.
From the favourites sub menu in stored
VOICE GUIDANCE locations, you can save up to 400 stored
To turn voice guidance on or off but maintain favourites.
route guidance, proceed as follows: 1. From the Nav menu, touch More....
1. Touch Nav menu on the navigation screen. 2. Select Stored locations.
2. Touch the Route voice guidance soft key. 3. Touch Favourite.
The soft key will be highlighted when voice
4. To store a favourite, select Add from the
guidance is enabled.
submenu.

CANCEL ROUTE GUIDANCE 5. Select any destination entry method and

confirm desired location.
To cancel route guidance, proceed as follows:
1. Touch Nav menu on the navigation screen.
2. Touch the Cancel guidance soft key.

113
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

FAVOURITES DETAILS Press Name to display the list in alphabetical

order or Distance to display the list in order of
1. From the Stored locations menu, select
proximity to the current vehicle location.
Favourite.
Touch the name of the facility to set it as a
2. Select Edit or Delete.
destination or waypoint.
3. Touch the selected favourite to display the
details.
MAP
4. Select the chosen detail to edit. Details Scroll the map to the area of your destination
include Attribute, Name, Phone number, or waypoint, zooming in if required.
Location and Icon.
This location can be stored as a favourite,
destination or waypoint.
HOME
1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... COORDINATES
2. Select Stored locations. From the navigation menu, select Destination
3. Touch Home location. entry. Select More... and then Coordinates.
4. To store a home location, select Add from If you know the coordinates of your destination
the submenu. they can be entered from this screen. The full
5. Select any destination entry method to set latitude must be entered first before the
your home location. Touch Ok to confirm. longitude coordinates can be entered.
6. Touch Ok from the favourite summary, When the coordinates have been entered,
home location is now set. touch OK.
If the coordinates entered are not contained
POSTCODE within the area covered by the available maps,
Not all countries have this facility. a message will be shown. This can also occur
if the incorrect coordinates have been entered.
1. From the Nav menu select Destination
entry.
RECALLING A PREVIOUS
2. Touch Postcode. Enter the postcode of
DESTINATION
your waypoint or destination from the
keypad. The postcode must be entered 1. From the Nav menu, touch Previous
precisely, including any spaces or destination.
punctuation. 2. Touch your previous destination from the
3. When the postcode has been entered touch list. The map showing the selected
Ok. destination is displayed.
3. Touch GO to start journey.
EMERGENCY
Not all countries have this facility. Touch
Emergency on the Destination entry screen to
display a list of local police stations, hospitals
or Land Rover Dealerships.

114
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

MOTORWAY DEALER LOCATIONS

1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination Details of Land Rover Dealers are held on the
entry. Navigation System as a point of interest
2. Touch More.... category, under car/automotive category. See
116, LOCAL POI SEARCH.
3. Touch Motorway Entry/Exit.
4. Enter the motorway name or number, or CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES
select from List.
The POI database is divided into a number of
5. Touch Entrance or Exit. categories. Each main category is further
6. Enter the entrance or exit name for the divided into a number of sub-categories.
chosen motorway, or select from List. The Touch the desired category, then choose
map showing the selected motorway and desired sub-categories.
junction is displayed.
7. Touch GO to start journey. MY POI
Additional POIs can be downloaded and added
POINTS OF INTEREST (POI) to the list. Free POIs can be found on the
1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination internet.
entry. Connect a USB device containing the POIs. See
2. Touch More.... 96, CONNECTING A DEVICE.
3. Touch Point of interest. Note: POIs must be in GPX format.
4. Touch POI name and touch Ok to confirm. 1. From the Nav menu, touch More....
5. Enter POI name, or select from List. 2. Select Stored locations.
6. Alternatively, choose Category to see all 3. Touch My POI.
categories of POI and make your selection. 4. Select Add to individually select each POI
See 115, CATEGORIES AND group to be downloaded. Select Edit to
SUB-CATEGORIES. change Name, Icon or Sound icon. Or
7. To narrow the search area, touch Town to select Delete.
enter a town name
8. Once the POI has been selected, the map
showing the selected destination is
displayed.
9. Touch GO to start journey.
Note: If entering a POI name results in too
many matches being listed, try entering the
town name first. If you do not know the name
of the POI you want, try selecting a POI
category.
Note: POI icons can only be displayed up to the
1 km (½ mile) zoom level.

115
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

LOCAL POI SEARCH RDS-TMC OVERVIEW

Use to select points of interest close to the RDS-TMC (Radio Data System-Traffic
vehicle position. Message Channel) is a feature that announces
1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination traffic hold-ups on your route as broadcast by
entry. radio stations that transmit TMC information.
2. Touch More.... Touch the TMC button on the Navigation Menu
to access the TMC menu.
3. Touch Point of interest.
TMC events ahead on route can be displayed by
4. Touch POI near current and touch Ok to
touching the Events ahead soft key. TMC can
confirm.
be set to display on the map for all events, for
5. Select POI category, if required select major events or can be switched off. During
again from sub-category and touch Ok to route calculation, it can be set to avoid TMC
confirm. events along the route.
6. Touch Show List or Select Category to
make further selections. RDS-TMC DISPLAY
Note: Up to 5 categories can be chosen to When a TMC signal is received the icon in the
select a POI from. top left of the screen will appear green. If a TMC
7. Select your POI destination from the list. signal is not being received, the icon will be
The map showing the selected destination shown with a bar through it.
is displayed. The system will inform the driver of any
8. Touch Destination to set and calculate roadworks, narrow road, contraflow,
route. accidents, slippery road, diversion,
information, parking information, congestion
9. Touch GO to start journey.
or other hazard.
Note: Nav POI near current position can be set
The driver is informed of a traffic event as
as a Home menu shortcut. See 82, TOUCH
follows:
SCREEN SETUP.
• A TMC Event icon shown on the map at the
location of the event.
ARABIC NAVIGATION
• Text can be displayed showing the details
To turn Arabic navigation on or off.
of each occurrence which can be selected
1. From the Home menu, touch Set-up. either by touching the screen icon or from
2. Touch System. the traffic information list.
3. Touch Language and select Arabic • Dynamic route guidance, which calculates
navigation On. an alternative route when the system
receives the traffic event warning affecting
4. Select Yes to continue with Arabic
the route currently set in the navigation
navigation.
system.
Note: SWYS voice system is not compatible
• Traffic event list shows all events sorted by
with Arabic navigation.
road name/ distance on your selected route
in a straight line or along your actual route.

116
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

The information regarding the hold-up is Incident (Yellow star)

maintained and updated even if the vehicle
crosses into another country.

Note: Single arrow icons indicate that the

RDS-TMC ICONS traffic event affects traffic travelling in the
Any traffic event (broadcast on TMC) in your direction of the arrow. Double arrows indicate
area, will be displayed as a warning icon on the that both directions are affected.
map and an alert may be displayed as a
If the map is scrolled to any of the above
message giving the road number(s) and
events, further details are available and are
between which junctions the hold-up or event
indicated as one of the following icons.
occurs.
This data is stored in the system for up to of 15
minutes. Closed Road
The colour of the TMC icon changes in order to
show the type and priority of a TMC event. The Special Warning (orange triangle)
background colour of the icon returns to
normal when there is no longer an event or
Danger (red triangle)
hold-up, or if any re-route instructions are
calculated.
The TMC Event icons appear on the navigation Stationary Traffic
map display to indicate the location and nature
of a TMC event.
Congestion
TMC Event icons will appear on the map, even
if the event does not occur on your route.
Delay

Incident (Red star)

Diversion

Moving Tailback Ahead (Red

arrow) Contraflow

Moving Tailback Both

Carriageways (Red double arrow) Event

Slow Traffic Ahead (Yellow arrow)

Height Width Limit

Slow Traffic Both Carriageways

(Yellow double arrow)
Information (Yellow circle)

117
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

USING TMC LICENCE TERMS

Dynamic route guidance will calculate an These licence terms are governed by English
alternative route to avoid a traffic event when Law and are subject to the exclusive
the system receives an event warning. The jurisdiction of the English courts.
system calculates a new route for all sections.
However, if any waypoints are set, the system LIMITATIONS OF USE
calculates for the next waypoint. If the event on The DATABASE is restricted for use in the
route is serious (closed road) or if the new specific system for which it was created.
route is shorter than the current one and the Except to the extent explicitly permitted by
current one was not recalculated within the last mandatory applicable laws, you may not
5 minutes, then a message to confirm the new extract or re-utilise substantial parts of the
route will be displayed. This pop-up message contents of the DATABASE, not reproduce,
will be displayed for 5 minutes and if the new copy, modify, adapt, translate, disassemble,
route is not rejected, then the vehicle will stay decompile, or reverse engineer any portion of
on current route. the DATABASE.

ORDNANCE SURVEY DATA LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Please read this agreement carefully before The price of the DATABASE does not include
using the Navigation System. any consideration for assumption of risk of
This is a licence agreement to use the consequential, indirect or unlimited direct
Ordnance Survey (OS) Code-Point data damages which may arise in connection with
incorporated in the Navigation System. By your use of the DATABASE.
using this Code-Point data you accept and Accordingly, in no event shall NAVTEQ
agree to all the terms and conditions below. Corporation or supplier of the navigation
system using the DATABASE (‘Supplier’) be
OWNERSHIP liable for any consequential, special, incidental
The OS Code-Point data is licensed by or indirect damages, including without
Ordnance Survey with permission of Her limitation, loss of revenue, data, or use,
Majesty’s Stationery Office. © Crown incurred by you or any third party arising out of
Copyright. All rights reserved. your use of the DATABASE, whether in an
action in contract or tort or based on a
LICENCE GRANT warranty, even if NAVTEQ Corporation or the
OS grants you a non-exclusive licence to use Supplier has been advised of the possibility of
your copy of the OS Code-Point data for your such damages. In any event, NAVTEQ
personal use solely as part of the Navigation Corporation’s liability for direct damages is
System. You may transfer the licence to a limited to the price of your copy of the
subsequent purchaser of the vehicle with DATABASE.
which the Navigation System is supplied,
provided that the purchaser agrees to abide by
each of the terms of this licence.

118
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

THE DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY AND OWNERSHIP

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY, SET FORTH IN The DATABASE and the copyrights and
THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT AFFECT OR intellectual property or neighbouring rights
PREJUDICE YOUR STATUTORY RIGHTS therein are owned by NAVTEQ Corporation or
WHERE YOU HAVE ACQUIRED THE its licensors.
DATABASE OTHERWISE THAN IN THE
COURSE OF A BUSINESS. Some states and
laws do not allow the exclusion of implied
LICENCE GRANT
warranties, so the above disclaimer may not NAVTEQ Corporation grants you a
apply to you. non-exclusive licence to use your copy of the
DATABASE for your personal use or for use in
The DATABASE reflects reality as
your business’ internal operations. This license
existing before you received the
does not include the right to grant
DATABASE and it comprises data and
sub-licenses.
information from government and
other sources, which may contain
errors and omissions. Accordingly, LIMITATIONS OF USE
the DATABASE may contain inaccurate The DATABASE is restricted for use in the
or incomplete information due to the specific system for which it was created.
passage of time, changing Except to the extent explicitly permitted by
circumstances, and due to the nature mandatory applicable laws, you may not
of the sources used. The DATABASE extract or re-utilise substantial parts of the
does not include or reflect information contents of the DATABASE, not reproduce,
on - inter alia - neighbourhood safety; copy, modify, adapt, translate, disassemble,
law enforcement; emergency decompile, or reverse engineer any portion of
assistance; construction work; road or the DATABASE.
lane closures; vehicle or speed
restrictions; road slope or grade; TRANSFER
bridge height, weight or other limits; You may not transfer the DATABASE to third
road or traffic conditions; special parties, except together with system for which
events; traffic congestion; or travel it was created, provided that you do not retain
time. any copy of the DATABASE, and provided that
the transferee agrees to all terms and
NAVTEQ CORPORATION conditions of this agreement.
Please read this agreement carefully before
using the Navigation System.
This is a licence agreement for your copy of the
Navigable Map Database, (the ‘DATABASE’)
originally made by NAVTEQ Corporation), used
in the Navigation System. By using this
DATABASE you accept and agree to all the
terms and conditions below.

119
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Navigation system

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY Utilization of the DATABASE is subject to the

NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant or make restrictions specified in the ‘Rights in Technical
any representations regarding, either express Data and Computer Database’ clause at DFARS
or implied, regarding the use or results of the 252.227–7013, or the equivalent clause for
use of the DATABASE in terms of its non-defence agencies. Manufacturer of the
correctness, accuracy, reliability, or otherwise DATABASE of North America is NAVTEQ
and expressly disclaims any implied warranties Corporation, 10400 W. Higgins Road, Suite
of quality, performance, merchantability, 400, Rosemont, Illinois 60018, USA.
fitness for a particular purpose or
non-infringement. EUROPEAN DECLARATION OF
NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant that the CONFORMITY
DATABASE is or will be error-free. No oral or
written information or advice provided by Hereby, DENSO CORPORATION
NAVTEQ Corporation, your supplier or any declares that this DN-NS-019 is in
other person shall create a warranty. compliance with the essential
requirements and other relevant
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant or make
any representations regarding, either express
or implied, regarding the use or results of the
use of the DATABASE in terms of its
correctness, accuracy, reliability, or otherwise
and expressly disclaims any implied warranties
of quality, performance, merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose or
non-infringement.
NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant that the
DATABASE is or will be error-free. No oral or
written information or advice provided by
NAVTEQ Corporation, your supplier or any
other person shall create a warranty.

GOVERNMENT END USERS

If the DATABASE is for a region of North
America and is being acquired by or on behalf
of the United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United States
government, the DATABASE is licensed with
‘limited rights’.

120
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

STANDARD AUDIO SYSTEM CONTROLS

Standard audio system

Sustained exposure to high sound 8. Keypad.

levels can damage your hearing. 9. Seek up:
Note: The maximum volume level will be Short press to select the next station
restricted if the audio unit is used with the upward in frequency or, to select the next
engine switched off. track on chosen audio source.
1. Audio system on/off: Press to switch on Long press to enter radio manual seek
and off. mode or, to scan forward through a CD
Note: The audio system will switch off track.
automatically after 10 minutes if the In radio manual seek mode further short
ignition is turned off. presses will change the frequency in single
2. Volume control: Rotate to adjust volume. increments.
Note: The maximum volume level will be 10. OK and menu navigation control.
restricted if the audio system is used with Use the menu navigation control to move
the engine switched off. to any menu cursor/highlight. When the
3. PHONE: Press to select telephone menu. required option is highlighted, press the
See 106, TELEPHONE SYSTEM ICONS. OK button to select.
4. RADIO waveband select (FM, FMAST, AM, 11. Seek down:
AMAST, plus if fitted DAB1, DAB2). Short press to select the previous radio
5. AUX input select. station downwards in frequency or, to
6. CD eject button. select the previous track on chosen audio
source.
7. CD loading slot.

121
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

Long press to enter radio manual seek If the AVC level is set to zero, there will be no
mode or, to scan backwards through a CD volume increase. With a low level setting, the
track. volume increase at speed will be minimal. If a
In radio manual seek mode further short high level setting is used, there will be a
presses will change the frequency in single noticeable increase of volume at greater speed.
increments. To set the AVC level:
12. MENU: Press to select audio system menu, 1. Press the MENU button, then using the
with the following options: menu navigation control (10) press up or
• Audio settings. down to select AUDIO settings to access
• Clock settings. the volume settings menu. Select Adaptive
Vol.
• Language.
2. Use the left and right buttons on the menu
13. CD: Press to select CD mode.
navigation control (10) to adjust the AVC
14. Tone: Press to select the tone menu. setting.
15. TA: Traffic information. 3. Press OK to confirm the selection.
16. Audio system information display.
17. MODE: Press repeatedly to scroll through TONE ADJUSTMENT
all audio modes. Press the Tone button (14) to display the Tone
18. Steering wheel volume up. menu. The settings for bass, treble, balance
and fade can be adjusted using the navigation
19. Steering wheel volume down.
buttons. Press OK to store the settings and
20. Seek down: return to the previous screen.
Short press to select the previous radio Note: If no adjustment is made within 10
preset or the previous track on chosen seconds, the display will revert to the
audio source. previously displayed screen.
Long press to scan backwards through a
track. AUTO STORING RADIO STATIONS
21. Seek up: AutoStore can be used to store the stations
Short press to select the next radio preset with the strongest signals available, either from
or the next track on chosen audio source. the AM or the FM waveband.
Long press to scan forwards through a Using Autostore:
track. 1. Press RADIO button (4) to select the
desired waveband.
ADAPTIVE VOLUME CONTROL (AVC) 2. Find a station. If necessary, use the seek
The AVC feature adjusts the volume level to buttons (9 and 11).
compensate for the changes in road noise as 3. Press and hold the RADIO button until the
the vehicle speed increases or decreases. display confirms that Autostore is in
Note: The AVC setting represents the volume progress.
increase and not the volume level.

122
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

The system will search for stations with the RADIO DATA SYSTEM (RDS)
strongest signals on the selected waveband. Your audio unit is equipped with RDS, which
While the search is in progress, volume is enables the audio unit to receive additional
muted. information with the normal radio signals.
When the search is complete, the previous On the FM waveband, RDS enables the audio to
volume level will be restored. The radio will receive traffic and news information
switch to the FM-AST or AM-AST waveband broadcasts. RDS also allows the audio to
where the strongest signal stations have been automatically re-tune to stations that are linked
stored on the Autostore presets. to the same network, if that network allows
Note: AutoStore will store up to a maximum of this.
the 10 strongest signals available and Note: Not all FM radio stations broadcast RDS.
overwrite the previously stored stations. If a non-RDS station is selected, RDS features
Note: The AutoStore waveband can also be will not be available.
used to store stations manually, in the same
way as other wavebands. REGIONALISATION (REG)
As you drive into different radio reception
RADIO STATION PRESETS areas, RDS automatically re-tunes the radio to
This feature allows favourite stations to be the strongest signal. When REG is on, the tuner
stored so that they can be recalled later. is locked to the current local radio station. With
1. With the RADIO button (4), select a REG switched off, the tuner is allowed to
waveband. switch to a stronger Enhanced Other Network
(EON) when the current EON linked radio
2. Tune to the required station. The station
station signal becomes weak.
will begin to play.
To enable/disable regionalisation:
3. Press and hold one of the keypad buttons.
1. Press the MENU button (12).
4. The station will be stored under the
selected number. Volume will mute 2. Select Audio Settings on the screen menu.
momentarily as confirmation. 3. Select Regional mode.
5. Release the keypad button. 4. Press OK to enable or disable REG.
This can be repeated on each waveband and for
each preset button. ALTERNATIVE FREQUENCY (AF)
When in radio mode, stored stations can also Some radio stations broadcast on different
be selected by pressing the menu navigation frequencies in different parts of the country. If
control (10). Scroll to the desired preset station the selected station signal weakens, the radio
and press OK. will automatically re-tune to a stronger
Note: When driving to another area of the Alternative Frequency (AF), if one is available.
country, FM stations that broadcast on This feature is particularly useful on long
alternative frequencies and are stored on journeys, where the vehicle travels through
preset buttons, may be updated with the different transmitter areas serving the same
correct frequency for that area. radio station.

123
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

To enable/disable AF: CANCELLING AN ANNOUNCEMENT

1. Press the MENU button (12). To cancel an announcement, briefly press the
2. Select Audio Settings on the screen menu. TA button or alternatively the MODE button
(17) on the steering wheel during the
3. Select ALTERNAT. FREQ. Turn AF on or
announcement. This will not turn off TA.
off.
Note: If TA is pressed at any other time, all
4. Press OK.
announcements will be switched off.
SELECTING TRAFFIC INFORMATION
SWITCHING OFF TRAFFIC
Normal reception can be interrupted to
INFORMATION
broadcast traffic information from stations on
the FM waveband or Radio Data System (RDS) Briefly press the TA button (the TA indicator
and Enhanced Other Network (EON) links. will disappear from the top line of the display).
This action will prevent traffic information
When a radio station capable of providing
broadcasts from being received, until the
traffic information is selected, the TP indicator
feature is reselected.
appears on the top line of the display.
Briefly press the TA button (15) to select the SELECTING NEWS INFORMATION
Traffic Announcement (TA) function. The TA
Normal reception can be interrupted to
indicator appears on the top line of the display.
broadcast news bulletins from stations on the
As soon as a traffic announcement is received, FM waveband or Radio Data System (RDS) and
the current entertainment source (CD, USB, Enhanced Other Network (EON) linked stations,
iPod or Radio) is interrupted and the message in the same way that traffic information is
Traffic appears in the main display area, along provided.
with the name of the station providing the
To set the NEWS feature:
information.
1. Press the MENU button (12).
If a non-traffic station is selected or recalled
using a preset button, the audio unit will 2. Select Audio Settings on the screen menu.
remain on that station unless TA is turned off, 3. Select News.
then on again. 4. Press OK to enable or disable the News
feature.
TRAFFIC ANNOUNCEMENT VOLUME
To cancel an announcement, see 124,
Traffic announcements interrupt normal CANCELLING AN ANNOUNCEMENT.
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that is
Note: Both traffic and news information can be
usually louder than normal listening volumes.
selected at the same time. However, the radio
To adjust the preset volume, use the volume
will always give priority to traffic information.
control to make the necessary adjustment
during an incoming TA broadcast. The display
will show the level selected.
All subsequent traffic announcements will be at
the set volume.

124
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

DIGITAL (DAB) RADIO If reception is lost when the vehicle is in

If your vehicle is equipped for digital radio, motion, the vehicle may be moving out of
press the RADIO button (4) to select either of range of the ensemble. Use the Seek-up (9) or
two groups DAB1 or DAB2. These two groups Seek-down (11) buttons, or manual tuning, to
permit the storing of a total of 20 preset search for services which are stronger in that
stations or 'services' (ten in each group) using area.
the buttons 0-9 on the keypad (8). Note: If any auxiliary electrical equipment is
DAB radio can significantly increase the connected to the vehicle, DAB radio reception
number of radio stations available. The DAB capability may be reduced.
signals are transmitted to most major cities,
towns and motorway networks. SELECTING AND STORING DIGITAL
Unlike AM/FM radio, digital transmits several SERVICES
services on a single frequency. This group of Select DAB1 or DAB2. In each band, the active
services is known as an ensemble. There may station will be the last one used. To select
be a number of ensembles receivable in some another station, press the appropriate preset
areas, each typically carrying between six and button (0 to 9).
twelve services. Any preset can be used to store any Digital
Digital radio is transmitted from regional and Radio service, from any ensemble. If you
local transmitters. Some services are national switch between presets which are on different
or regional and are replicated on multiple ensembles, the tuning time can take a few
transmitters throughout the region or country. seconds (the word 'Searching....' briefly
Other services are local and only available appears on the screen). Switching between
within a limited range of one transmitter. services within the same ensemble is virtually
immediate.
FINDING DIGITAL SERVICES If there is no service stored on a pre-set, or if
Press the Seek-up (9) or Seek-down (11) the service is not receivable at the current
buttons to search the waveband to find the location, the message 'No Reception' will be
local active ensembles. Note: Alternatively the displayed.
steering wheels buttons (20 and 21) perform If the service you want is not already stored in
the same function. A manual tuning function is a preset button or cannot be received, then you
also available, see 126, DAB MANUAL can step through the other services in the
TUNING. current ensemble by repeated short presses on
The national channels use the same ensembles the steering wheel buttons (20 or 21) or the
throughout a country and so there is usually no seek-up or Seek-down buttons (9 or 11). At the
need to search for these. If you have stored end of the ensemble, a further press will show
your favourite national channels already then 'Searching....' for a few seconds and then the
they will usually be found immediately on the next ensemble will be shown. You can then
same pre-set buttons. step through each service in this new ensemble
by repeated short presses as above.

125
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

To store a service on a preset: While playing If an ensemble is empty or not receivable then
the desired service, press and hold the desired the tuning will move along to the next. If an
preset button. A bar-graph will show, ensemble is only just strong enough to receive
indicating how long you need to hold the but the services are too weak to use, the tuning
button, followed by a 'Preset Stored' pop-up may stop on that ensemble and display the
message. Now release the button. ensemble's name, and possibly the service's
name, but without sound. If no sound is heard
DAB SERVICE LIST within 5 to 10 seconds then press the
A quick way to see all the services available on appropriate seek button again to move onto the
the presets and all the other services which next useable ensemble.
may be received in the current ensemble is to To select and play a service of your choice,
use the left navigation button (10) to go to the locate it and ensure that the audio is receivable,
waveband list, select either DAB1 or DAB2, then press OK.
then the right navigation button to list the The Manual Tuning mode allows up to 30
presets of DAB1 or DAB2. If the desired station seconds of inactivity before it times out. If
is not listed, there is a Service List option at the Manual Tuning times out with no new service
top of the list. Scroll up to the Service List item tuned, the radio will revert to the service you
and press the right navigation button to see all were tuned to at the start of your Manual
the services of the current ensemble listed. Use Tuning session.
the navigation up/down buttons to scroll up
and down the list. If you want to select a SERVICELINK
service, scroll the outline box onto the desired
ServiceLink is an item on the Menu (12) and
service and press OK.
can be enabled or disabled using the OK
button.
DAB MANUAL TUNING
When ServiceLink is enabled, two additional
Press and hold the seek-up or seek-down
features come in to operation:
buttons (9 or 11) or steering wheel buttons (20
or 21) for approximately 3 seconds to enter • If you are listening to a local service which
Manual Tuning. The Manual Tuning pop-up has a partner service in an adjacent area,
will appear on the display. Using the seek-up or when the signal weakens it will
seek-down buttons (9 or 11) or steering wheel automatically change over to the new
buttons (20 or 21) you can then move through area's partner service.
all the services and ensembles in turn. • If you have selected a digital service which
has an equivalent FM service in the area
and your digital service has deteriorated,
then the radio will automatically switch to
the alternative FM service until the digital
reception becomes adequate again.
We advise that ServiceLink is switched off
when searching for ensembles or using Manual
Tuning.

126
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

DAB DISPLAYED MESSAGES Note: Copy-protected CDs may fail to play in

'Searching....' is displayed when the radio is your CD changer or may be played subject to
tuning itself to the correct ensemble. You will various limitations (e.g. sound quality may be
see this for a few seconds during some preset impaired). If you experience a problem, try the
changes, and when seeking up or down to CD in other players before contacting the CD
another ensemble. vendor.
If ServiceLink is enabled and no alternative
signal can be found, 'Searching....' may show
LOADING A COMPACT DISC
for a long period of time since in this mode the Gently place a CD into the loading slot, the disc
radio will continue to search round all the will be drawn into the player and loaded.
bands automatically until you command it to Press the CD button on the fascia to select CD
go to a different service or switch off playback mode.
ServiceLink. If a CD is already loaded, playback will resume
'No Reception' is displayed when ServiceLink from the point of last play.
is not enabled and you have selected a service
which cannot be received in the vehicle's TRACK SELECTION
current position. Select an alternative service,
When playing a CD, the display will show the
or search for an alternative ensemble.
current track being played, the total number of
'Serv00', 'Serv01' etc. may be shown when the tracks on the CD and the time elapsed since the
radio can detect signals from an ensemble but current track began to play.
cannot decode the service names. These are
You can move to the previous or next track by
default labels to replace the non-receivable
briefly pressing the backwards or forwards
service names. In these cases the audio is
seek buttons on either the audio unit or
generally impossible to receive from the
steering wheel.
vehicle's current location. Select an alternative
service, or search for an alternative ensemble. Pressing and holding the seek buttons will fast
forward or rewind the CD.
CD PLAYER To select a track from the CD track list:
Do not use discs with paper labels, dual 1. Press the right side of the menu navigation
discs or DVDPlus discs. The front control (10) to access the CD track list.
loading CD player may load and play 2. Press the up or down arrows on the menu
this type of disc, however it is likely that navigation control to scroll to the required
the disc will not eject and will block the track.
CD mechanism. Such damage to a CD 3. Press the OK button to play the selected
player will not be covered under track.
warranty.
Do not force the disc into the slot. REPEAT AND SHUFFLE
Repeat will play the current track repeatedly.
Shuffle plays the tracks in a random sequence.

127
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

To enable/disable Repeat or Shuffle when a CD To maximise playback quality, it is

is playing: recommended that lossless compression is
1. Press the MENU button (12). used for any media files on USB or iPod. Failing
this, it is recommended that compressed files
2. Select Audio Settings on the screen menu.
utilise a minimum bitrate of 192 kb/s (a higher
3. Select Repeat or Shuffle. bitrate is strongly recommended).
4. Press OK. For media files delivered via USB or MP3
players, the highest compression rate
PORTABLE MEDIA supported, is 320 kbits per second (kbps). If
Portable media devices can be connected to anything less than 128 kbps is used, Digital
the media hubs located in the cubby box lid and Signal Processing (DSP) functionality may be
the rear of the floor console. Compatible lost.
portable devices include: Note: Some MP3 players have their own file
• USB mass storage devices (e.g. a memory system that is not supported by this system. To
stick). Devices must use FAT or FAT32 file use your MP3 player, you must set it to USB
format. Removable Device or Mass Storage Device
• iPod® (iPod Classic, iPod Touch, iPhone™ mode. Only music that has been added to the
and iPod Nano are supported - full device in this mode can be played.
functionality for older devices cannot be
guaranteed). iPod Shuffle functionality CONNECTING A DEVICE
cannot be guaranteed.
Note: iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the USA and other
countries.
• Auxiliary devices (personal audio, MP3
players, all iPods).
Devices with Bluetooth® connectivity (devices
must support A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth®
protocols).
When connecting a portable storage device,
use the AUX button (5) button. Many of the
controls are similar to those available CD play.
Please disconnect your iPod when
1. 3.5 mm AUX socket.
leaving the vehicle. Failure to do so may
result in the iPod battery discharging. 2. USB sockets.
Note: The audio system will play MP3, WMA Connect the device into the appropriate socket.
and AAC files. Note: Use the cable supplied with your media
device to connect to the USB socket.

128
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

When an iPod is connected, playback will The Health Industry Manufacturers'

continue from the point at which it was last Association recommends that a minimum
playing, provided the iPod battery is in a good separation of 15 cm (6 in) is maintained
state of charge. between a wireless phone antenna and a
When a USB or Bluetooth® device is already pacemaker, to avoid potential interference with
connected when AUX is selected, playback will the pacemaker. These recommendations are
continue from the point at which it was last consistent with the independent research by,
playing. and recommendations of, Wireless Technology
Research.
Please refer to the Ownership section of the
Land Rover website at www.landrover.com,
for a list of compatible devices. PAIRING AND DOCKING A MOBILE
The Bluetooth® equipped devices listed on
PHONE
landrover.com have been tested for
compatibility with Land Rover vehicles. Bluetooth® is the name for
Performance will vary, based on the device’s short-range radio frequency (RF)
software version and battery condition. technology that allows electronic
Devices are warranted by their manufacturer, devices to communicate
not Land Rover. wirelessly with each other.
Do not plug non-audio devices into the
USB port. The Land Rover Bluetooth® system supports
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Profile (HFP),
TELEPHONE SYSTEM Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP)
and Audio Video Remote Control Profile
Switch off your telephone in areas
(AVRCP).
with a high explosion risk. This
includes filling stations, fuel storage Note: HFP and A2DP/AVRCP profiles can be
areas or chemical factories, as well connected independently, so a phone can be
as places where the air contains fuel connected via one, while a media device can be
vapour, chemicals or metal dust. connected via the other, at the same time.
Always stow your mobile phone Before making use of the vehicle’s Bluetooth®
securely. phone system, your Bluetooth® phone must
be paired and connected to the vehicle system.
The functioning of cardiac
pacemakers or hearing aids may be Note: The process of pairing and docking your
impaired when the phone is in use. phone with the vehicle using the mobile phone
Check with a doctor or manufacturer will vary depending on the type of mobile
whether any such devices you or your phone used.
passengers are using, are sufficiently For telephone compatibility, see 104,
protected against high-frequency TELEPHONE COMPATIBILITY.
energy. 1. Switch the ignition on and ensure that the
audio system is active and that no other
phone is currently docked to the vehicle's
Bluetooth® system.

129
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

2. Using the mobile phone, search for As mobile phones have a wide range of audio
Bluetooth® devices. On some phones, this and echo characteristics, it may take a few
is referred to as a new paired device. See seconds for the vehicle system to adapt and
your phone's operating instructions for deliver optimum audio performance. To
further information. achieve this, it may be necessary to reduce the
3. When the vehicle's Bluetooth® system is in-vehicle volume and ventilation fan speed
discovered (named Land Rover), select slightly. The same then applies when using the
this device from the list. hands-free system.
4. When prompted, enter the Bluetooth® PIN
(Personal Identification Number) into the
mobile phone. This four digit number is
randomly generated by the vehicle system
and will be displayed on the screen.
5. Once your phone is paired and docked to
the system, it can dock automatically. If it
does not automatically dock, you will have
to dock manually with the Land Rover
Bluetooth system, via the mobile phone.
Please consult the mobile phone's
instructions for further information.
Note: Some mobile phones do not
automatically dock and will require to be
manually docked.
Some mobile phones require you to authorise
the connection each time you start the system.
To change this, you must set Land Rover as
being authorised in the mobile phone's known 1. Press to activate or deactivate the
device list. Please consult the mobile phone's telephone menu.
instructions for further information.
2. Press to answer a call or to dial a number.
3. Press to end a call or to reject an incoming
OPERATING THE PHONE
call.
Each time the ignition is switched on the
Answering, rejecting or ending a call:
system will attempt to connect with the last
connected phone. • Press the PHONE button (1) or the steering
wheel control (2) to answer an incoming
call.
• To reject or end a call, press the PHONE
button or the appropriate steering wheel
control (3).

130
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Standard audio system

Dialling: 2. Press the up or down arrows on the menu

• With PHONE selected, use the numeric navigation control to scroll to the required
keypad to enter a telephone number. track or folder.
• Press OK on the audio control panel or the 3. Press the OK button to play the selected
steering wheel phone control (2) to dial the track or open the selected folder.
number.
Call volume: MP3 REPEAT AND SHUFFLE
The phone call volume is operated by the audio When an MP3 CD is playing, playback options
system's volume control. include Repeat and Shuffle.
If the audio system is in use when a phone call
is active, the audio source is suppressed for
the duration of the call. Parking aid warnings
are not suppressed.

TIME AND DATE SETTINGS

To set/change the time and date:
1. Press the MENU button (12).
2. Select Clock Settings on the screen menu.
3. Select a clock function, make changes.
4. Once the change has been entered, press
OK.

MP3 FILE PLAYBACK

MP3 discs have the potential to hold more
music than a conventional CD, because each
track can be compressed to a higher degree
during recording.
The normal playing sequence on CDs with
multiple folders, is to play the tracks within the
top level first, then the tracks in any
sub-folders.
Note: The CD player may take a long time to
load an MP3 disc if it contains a lot of tracks.
To select a track from the MP3 track list:
1. Press the right side of the menu navigation
control (10) to access the currently playing
MP3 folder.
If required, press the left side to access the
folder list.

131
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre repair kit

TYRE REPAIR KIT Check the tyre sidewall prior to

Tyre repair kit

inflation. If any cracks, damage, or

If you are in any doubt regarding your
deformities are apparent do not inflate
ability to carry out the instructions,
the tyre.
contact your Dealer/Approved
Repairer before attempting the repair. Watch the tyre sidewall during
inflation. If any cracks, damage, or
Some tyre damage may only be
deformities are apparent switch off
partially sealed, or may not seal at
the compressor, and deflate the tyre.
all, depending on the amount and type
of damage. Any loss of tyre pressure Your vehicle may not be equipped with a spare
can seriously affect vehicle safety. tyre. If this is the case, your vehicle will be
fitted with a Land Rover tyre repair kit which
Do not use the tyre repair kit if the tyre
can be used to repair one tyre. It is essential
has been damaged by driving while
that you read the following guide before
under inflated.
attempting to repair a tyre.
Only use the tyre repair kit to seal
The tyre repair kit seals most punctures with a
damage located within the tyre tread
maximum diameter of 6 mm (1/4 inch).
area.
The tyre repair kit is located in the rear
Do not use the tyre repair kit to seal
underfloor storage compartment.
damage to the tyre sidewall.
Note: The sealant used in the tyre repair kit has
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph) when
a shelf life, and the expiry date is shown on the
a repaired tyre is fitted to the vehicle.
top of the bottle. Ensure that the bottle is
The maximum distance that should be replaced before the expiry date.
driven when a repaired tyre is fitted, is
200 km (125 miles).
When a repaired tyre is fitted, drive
with caution and avoid sudden braking
or steering manoeuvres.
Only use the tyre repair kit for the
vehicle with which it was supplied.
Do not use the tyre repair kit for any
other purpose than tyre repair.
Never leave the tyre repair kit
unattended when in use.
Only use the tyre repair kit within the
-30°C to +70°C temperature range.
Always keep children and animals at a
safe distance from the tyre repair kit
when in use.
Do not stand directly beside the
compressor when it is operating.

132
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre repair kit

TYRE REPAIR KIT OVERVIEW

1. Maximum speed label. 80 km/h (50 mph). 12. Sealant bottle.

2. Compressor on/off switch. (I = on, 0 = off).
3. Tyre inflation hose. USING THE TYRE REPAIR KIT
4. Inflation hose protective cap. Avoid skin contact with the sealant
which contains natural rubber latex.
5. Inflation hose connector.
Do not unscrew the sealant bottle from
6. Pressure release valve. the receiver until it is empty, as
7. Tyre pressure gauge. sealant will leak out.
8. Power cable connector.
9. Sealant bottle receiver cap (orange).
10. Sealant bottle receiver.
11. Sealant bottle cap.

133
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre repair kit

If the tyre inflation pressure does not REPAIR PROCEDURE

reach 1.8 bar (26 lb/in²) within seven
Check the tyre sidewall prior to
minutes, the tyre may have suffered
inflation. If there are any cracks,
excessive damage. A temporary
bumps or similar damage, do not
repair will not be possible, and the
attempt to inflate the tyre. Do not
vehicle should not be driven until the
stand directly beside the tyre while
tyre has been replaced.
the compressor is pumping. Watch the
Before attempting a tyre repair, ensure tyre sidewall: If any cracks, bumps or
that the vehicle is parked safely, as far similar damage appear, turn off the
away from passing traffic as possible. compressor and let the air out by
Ensure that the parking brake is applied, means of the pressure relief valve. Do
and P is selected if an automatic not continue to use the tyre.
transmission is fitted. 1. Open the tyre repair kit and peel off the
Do not attempt to remove foreign maximum speed label. Attach the label to
objects such as nails, screws, etc. from the facia in the driver's field of view. Take
the tyre. care not to obstruct any of the instruments
Always run the engine when using the or warning lights.
compressor, unless the vehicle is in an 2. Uncoil the compressor power cable and
enclosed, or poorly ventilated space. the inflation hose.
To prevent overheating do not operate 3. Unscrew the orange cap from the sealant
the compressor continuously for longer bottle receiver, and the sealant bottle cap.
than ten minutes. 4. Screw the sealant bottle into the receiver
Note: All vehicle drivers and occupants should (clockwise) until tight.
be made aware that a temporary repair has • Screwing the bottle onto the receiver
been made to a tyre fitted to the vehicle. They will pierce the bottle's seal.
should also be made aware of the special 5. Remove the valve cap from the damaged
driving conditions imposed when using a tyre.
repaired tyre.
6. Remove the protective cap from the
inflation hose, and connect the inflation
hose to the tyre valve. Ensure that the hose
is screwed on firmly.
7. Ensure that the compressor switch is in the
off (O) position.
8. Insert the power cable connector into an
auxiliary power socket.
9. Unless the vehicle is in an enclosed area,
start the engine.
10. Set the compressor switch to the on (l)
position.

134
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre repair kit

11. Inflate the tyre to a minimum of 1.8 bar (26 CHECKING THE TYRE PRESSURE
lbf/in²) and a maximum of 3.5 bar (51 AFTER A REPAIR
lbf/in²).
When driving the vehicle, if you
• When pumping the sealant through the
experience vibrations, abnormal
tyre valve, the pressure may rise up to
steering, or noises, reduce speed
6 bar (87 lbf/in²). The pressure will
immediately. Drive with extreme
drop again after approximately 30
caution and reduced speed to the first
seconds.
safe place to stop the vehicle. Visually
12. During the inflation, switch the examine the tyre, and check its
compressor off briefly to check the tyre pressure. If there are any signs of
pressure using the gauge mounted on the damage or deformity to the tyre, or the
compressor. tyre pressure is below 1.3 bar (19
• It should not take longer than seven lbf/in²), do not continue driving.
minutes to inflate the tyre. If after Consult a tyre repair centre, or your
seven minutes the tyre has not reached Dealer/Authorised Repairer for advice
the minimum pressure, the tyre should concerning the replacement of a tyre
not be used. after using a tyre repair kit.
13. Once the tyre has been inflated, switch off 1. Drive the vehicle for 3 km (2 miles) then
the compressor. If desired, the engine may stop in a safe place. Carry out a visual
be turned off after the compressor has examination of the tyre’s condition.
been turned off.
2. Remove the protective cap from the
14. Remove the power connector from the inflation hose.
auxiliary power socket.
3. Screw the inflation hose connector firmly
15. Remove the inflation hose from the tyre onto the tyre valve.
valve by unscrewing it as quickly as
4. Read the tyre pressure from the gauge.
possible (anticlockwise).
5. If the pressure of the sealant filled tyre is
16. Replace the inflation hose protective cap,
above 1.3 bar (19 lbf/in²) adjust the
and the tyre valve cap.
pressure to the correct value.
17. Do not remove the sealant bottle from the
6. Ensure that the compressor switch is in the
receiver.
off position (O), and insert the power cable
18. Ensure that the tyre repair kit (including the connector into an auxiliary power socket.
bottle, and receiver caps) are placed
7. If the vehicle is in a well ventilated area,
securely in the vehicle. You will need to use
start the engine.
the kit to check the tyre pressure after 3 km
(2 miles) so ensure they are easily 8. Switch on the compressor (I), and inflate
accessible. the tyre to the correct pressure.
19. Immediately drive the vehicle for 3 km (2 9. To check the tyre pressure turn off the
miles) to allow the sealant to coat the inner compressor then read the pressure from
surface of the tyre and form a seal at the the gauge.
puncture.

135
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyre repair kit

10. When the compressor is off, if the tyre

pressure is too high, release the required
amount of pressure using the pressure
relief valve.
11. Once the tyre is inflated to the correct
pressure, switch off the compressor and
remove the power plug from the auxiliary
socket.
12. Unscrew the inflation hose connector from
the tyre valve, replace the tyre valve cap
and the inflation hose connector protective
cap.
13. Do not remove the sealant bottle from the
receiver.
14. Ensure that the tyre repair kit (including the
bottle, and receiver caps) are placed
securely in the vehicle.
15. Drive to the nearest tyre repair centre, or
Land Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer,
for a replacement tyre to be fitted. Ensure
that you make the repair centre aware that
the tyre repair kit has been used before the
tyre is removed.
16. Both the tyre inflation hose, and the sealant
bottle should be replaced once a new tyre
has been fitted.

Only sealant bottles which are

completely empty should be
disposed of with normal
household waste. Sealant bottles
which contain some sealant, and
the tyre inflation hose, should be
disposed of by a tyre specialist, or
your Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer, in
compliance with local waste
disposal regulations.

136
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuel and refuelling

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Super Green Plus 98 RON unleaded fuel (where

Fuel and refuelling

available) may be used as an alternative to the

Avoid exposing the fuel gasses to any
standard 95 RON unleaded fuel.
potential sources of ignition as the
resulting fire and explosion may Some countries have only 91 RON fuel
cause serious injuries and/or death. available. Vehicles sold in these countries are
specially calibrated to use this fuel.
Switch off the engine when refuelling,
as it is both a source of extreme
temperatures, and electrical sparks. ETHANOL
Switch off any personal electronic This vehicle is not suitable for use with
devices such as mobile phones or fuels containing more than 10%
music players. ethanol.
Do not operate the auxiliary heater Do not use E85 fuels (85% ethanol
when refuelling the vehicle. Doing so content). Equipment necessary for the
may cause fuel vapours to combust use of fuels containing more than 10%
causing a fire/explosion. ethanol is not fitted to this vehicle. If
E85 fuels are used, serious engine and
Do not operate the auxiliary heater
fuel system damage will occur.
whilst the vehicle is in an enclosed
space. Doing so can cause a build up Fuels containing up to 10% ethanol (grain
of highly toxic fumes which may cause alcohol) may be used. Ensure that the fuel has
unconsciousness or death. octane ratings no lower than those
recommended for unleaded fuel. Most drivers
PETROL ENGINED VEHICLES will not notice any operating difference with
fuel containing ethanol. If a difference is
Do not use leaded fuels, lead detected, the use of conventional unleaded fuel
substitutes, or fuel additives. should be resumed.
Fuel system cleaning agents should not
be used, unless approved by Land METHANOL
Rover.
Wherever possible avoid using fuel
containing methanol.
OCTANE RATING
Some fuels contain methanol (Methyl or wood
The minimum octane rating for fuel used is 95 alcohol). If you use fuels containing methanol
RON. The vehicle will run on lower ratings, but the fuels must also contain co-solvents and
it may cause pronounced engine knock or corrosion inhibitors for methanol. Also, do not
pinking. If the pinking is severe it can cause use fuels which contain more than 3%
damage to the engine, fuel and emission methanol even if they contain co-solvents and
control systems. corrosion inhibitors. Fuel system damage or
Note: Occasional, light, engine knock vehicle performance problems resulting from
experienced while accelerating or climbing hills the use of such fuels is not the responsibility of
is acceptable. Land Rover, and may not be covered under the
warranty.

137
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuel and refuelling

METHYL TERTIARY BUTYL ETHER RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

(MTBE) Avoid running out of fuel. Doing so can
Unleaded fuel containing an oxygenate known cause damage to the vehicle's engine,
as MTBE can be used provided that the ratio of fuel, and emission control systems.
MTBE to conventional fuel does not exceed If the vehicle does run out of fuel, a minimum
15%. MTBE is an Ether based compound of 4 litres (0.8 gallons) will be required to
derived from Petroleum, which has been restart the engine. The vehicle will need to be
specified by several refiners as the substance driven 1.6-5 km (1-3 miles) in order to reset
to enhance the Octane rating of fuel. the engine management and monitoring
systems.
REFORMULATED GASOLINE Note: If the vehicle does run out of fuel,
Several petroleum companies have announced seeking qualified assistance is advisable.
the availability of reformulated fuels. These
fuels are specially formulated to further reduce FUEL FILLER FLAP
vehicle emissions. Land Rover fully supports
Take note of all warnings and
all efforts to protect and maintain ambient air
instructions given on the label affixed
quality, and encourages the use of
to the inside of the filler flap.
reformulated gasoline where available.

DIESEL ENGINED VEHICLES

Land Rover recommends that only premium
brand diesel fuels are used.
Note: Land Rover vehicles are capable of
running with up to a 7% blend of bio-diesel in
accordance with European Standard EN590.

SULPHUR CONTENT
If your vehicle is fitted with a Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) the maximum
Sulphur content must not exceed
0.005%. Using an incorrect fuel will
cause serious damage to the DPF.
The Sulphur content of diesel used in Land
Rover vehicles should not exceed 0.3% (3000
parts per million).
In some countries diesel will contain higher
levels of Sulphur, which will require reduced
service intervals to reduce the effects on
engine components. If in doubt contact a local
Land Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer for
advice.

138
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuel and refuelling

The fuel filler flap is located on the right-hand DIESEL MISFUELLING PROTECTION
side of the vehicle, at the rear. DEVICE
1. Ensure that the vehicle is fully unlocked, When the misfuelling device is
and press the left side of the flap to open. activated, it may cause fuel to be
2. Open the flap fully and twist the cap discharged from the filler neck.
anticlockwise to undo. Note: It is the driver’s responsibility to fill the
3. Use the retaining clip to keep the filler cap vehicle with the correct fuel. The diesel misfuel
out of the way whilst fuelling. protection device only reduces the risk of filling
the vehicle with the incorrect fuel.
FUEL FILLER Diesel engine vehicles in some markets are
When refuelling ensure that all equipped with a misfuelling protection device,
windows, doors, and sunroof are fully incorporated into the fuel filler neck.
closed, particularly if young children If the narrow filler nozzle fitted to pumps
or animals are in the vehicle. delivering unleaded petrol is fully inserted into
Do not attempt to fill the tank to its the filler neck, the misfuel protection device will
maximum capacity. If the vehicle is to activate.
be parked on a slope, in direct Note: The diesel misfuelling protection device
sunlight, or high ambient may not activate if an unleaded petrol nozzle is
temperature, expansion of the fuel only partially inserted.
could cause spillage.
Note: The filler spout on some fuel cans and
Do not operate the auxiliary heater older fuel pumps may trigger the misfuelling
when refuelling the vehicle. Doing so device.
may cause fuel vapours to combust
When activated, the yellow misfuel protector
causing a fire/explosion.
will be visible inside the filler neck. It will
Check the fuel pump information prevent fuel flow into the tank. Before fuelling
carefully, to ensure that you are putting can continue with the correct fuel, the device
the correct fuel into the vehicle. will need to be reset.
If the vehicle is filled with incorrect fuel The reset tool is located in the luggage
it is essential that you seek qualified compartment.
assistance before you start the engine.
Filling station pumps are equipped with
automatic cut-off sensing to avoid fuel spillage.
Fill the tank until the filler nozzle automatically
cuts-off the supply. Do not attempt to fill the
tank beyond this point.
Note: Filling station pumps used for diesel
commercial vehicles deliver fuel at a higher
rate than normal. The higher fill rate can cause
premature cut-off and may cause fuel spillage.
Therefore, it is recommended that only
standard light vehicle pumps are used.

139
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuel and refuelling

Note: The diesel misfuelling protection device

may not activate if an unleaded petrol nozzle is
only partially inserted.
Note: The yellow part of the protection device
should no longer be visible in the filler neck.
Return the reset tool to the luggage
compartment.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

Avoid the risk of running out of fuel and never
intentionally drive the vehicle when the fuel
gauge indicates that the tank is empty. When
refuelling your vehicle after the fuel gauge
reads empty, you may not be able to add the
fuel quantity shown below, as there will be a
small reserve remaining in the tank.

Total tank capacity (usable):

Petrol engines 70 litres

Reset the misfuel protection device as follows: (15.4 gallons)
1. Insert the reset tool (with the teeth Diesel engines 68 litres
uppermost) as far as it will go into the filler (15 gallons)
neck.
2. Locate the teeth by pushing down the top FUEL SPECIFICATION
of the reset tool.
3. WIth the top of the tool pressed down and Petrol Diesel
the teeth engaged, slowly pull the tool out
91-98 RON EN 590
of the filler neck to reset the device.
Do not twist the device, once the teeth
Diesel vehicles in Algeria, Egypt, Libya,
have engaged.
Morocco, India, Pakistan and Tunisia
must only use premium diesel fuel.

FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures shown below
have been calculated using a standard testing
procedure (the new EC test procedure from
Directive 99/100/EC) and produced in
accordance with The Passenger Car Fuel
Consumption (Amendment) Order 1996.

140
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuel and refuelling

Under normal use, a vehicle’s actual fuel

consumption figures may differ from those
achieved through the test procedure,
depending on driving technique, road and
traffic conditions, environmental factors,
vehicle load and condition.

Variant Urban Extra-urban Combined CO2 emissions

4 Wheel Drive l/100 km (mpg) l/100 km (mpg) l/100 km (mpg) g/km
Diesel (manual) 7.4 (38.2) 5.6 (50.4) 6.2 (45.6) 165
Diesel (automatic) 8.7 (32.5) 5.8 (48.7) 7.0 (40.4) 185
Petrol 13.5 (20.9) 7.5 (37.7) 9.6 (29.4) 224
2 Wheel Drive
Diesel (manual) 7.1 (39.8) 5.4 (52.3) 6.0 (47.1) 158

URBAN CYCLE For additional information on fuel consumption

The urban test cycle is carried out from a cold figures and exhaust emissions, visit the Vehicle
start and consists of a series of accelerations, Certification Agency (VCA) website at
decelerations and periods of steady speed http://www.vcacarfueldata.org.uk/.
driving and engine idling. The maximum speed
attained during the test is 50 km/h (30 mph)
with an average speed of 19 km/h (12 mph).

EXTRA-URBAN CYCLE
The extra-urban test cycle is carried out
immediately after the urban test.
Approximately half of the test comprises
steady speed driving, while the remainder
consists of a series of accelerations,
decelerations and engine idling. The maximum
test speed is 120 km/h (75 mph) and the
average speed 63 km/h (39 mph). The test is
carried out over a distance of 7 km (4.3 miles).

COMBINED
The combined figure is an average of the urban
and extra-urban test cycle results, which has
been weighted to take account of the different
distances covered during the two tests.

141
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

AIR BAG SYSTEM OWNER MAINTENANCE

Maintenance

The components that make up the air Any significant or sudden drop in fluid
bag system are sensitive to electrical levels, or uneven tyre wear, should be
or physical interference, either of reported to a qualified technician
which could easily damage the system without delay.
and cause inadvertent operation or a In addition to the routine maintenance, a
malfunction of the air bag module. number of simple checks must be carried out
To prevent malfunction of the air bag system more frequently.
always consult your Land Rover
Retailer/Authorized Repairer before fitting any DAILY CHECKS
of the following: • Operation of lamps, horn, direction
• Electronic equipment such as a cell phone, indicators, wipers, washers and warning
two-way radio or audio system. lamps.
• Accessories attached to the front of the • Operation of seat belts and brakes.
vehicle. • Look for fluid deposits underneath the
• Any modification to the front of the vehicle. vehicle that might indicate a leak.
• Any modification involving the removal or
repair of any wiring or component in the WEEKLY CHECKS
vicinity of any of the air bag system
• Engine oil level.
components, including the steering wheel,
steering column, instrument or facia • Engine coolant check.
panels. • Brake/clutch fluid level.
• Any modification to the facia panels or • Power steering fluid level.
steering wheel. • Screen washer fluid level.
• Tyre pressures and condition.
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM • Operate air conditioning.
No modifications or additions should Note: The engine oil level should be checked
be made to the anti-theft system. Such more frequently if the vehicle is driven for
changes could cause the system to prolonged periods at high speeds.
malfunction.
ARDUOUS DRIVING CONDITIONS
SERVICE INTERVAL INDICATOR When a vehicle is operated in extremely
An upcoming service interval will be notified to arduous conditions, more frequent attention
the driver via the message centre, as either a must be paid to servicing requirements.
distance or time left until service is due. Once Arduous driving conditions include:
the distance or time are exceeded, the display
• Driving in dusty and/or sandy conditions.
will show a negative value (-) to indicate that a
service is overdue. • Driving on rough and/or muddy roads
and/or wading.
One or both types of service interval (distance
and time) may be displayed. • Driving in extremely hot conditions.

142
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

• Towing a trailer or driving in mountainous DRIVING SHORT DISTANCES OR IN

conditions. COLD WEATHER
Contact a Land Rover Dealer/Authorised If the vehicle is frequently driven short
Repairer for advice. distances or in cold weather conditions then
the engine may not reach normal operating
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) temperature. This means that regeneration of
Diesel vehicles equipped with a particle filter the diesel particle filter does not take place and
have more efficient emission control. The the filter is not efficiently cleaned. When the
particles in the exhaust gases are collected in filter reaches a condition when a filter
the filter during normal driving. regeneration is appropriate and the current
When a DPF message is displayed, drive style is not appropriate, a warning
accompanied by an amber warning lamp, the triangle on the instrument panel illuminates
filter requires a regeneration cycle to clean and the message DPF Full. See manual is
itself. This requires the engine to have reached displayed in the Message centre. This is not
normal operating temperature. Regeneration indicating a fault condition with the vehicle and
takes place automatically at an interval of no dealership support should be required. Start
approximately 300-900 km (190-560 miles) regeneration of the filter by driving the vehicle,
depending on driving conditions. Regeneration preferably on a main road or motorway. The
normally takes 10-20 minutes and is vehicle should then be driven for approximately
automatically requested by the engine control 20 minutes or more.
module if the vehicle is driven steadily at When regeneration is complete the warning
vehicle speeds between 60 km/h to 112 km/h text is cleared automatically.
(40 mph to 70 mph). It is possible that the Note: A small increase in fuel consumption
regeneration process will occur at lower may be noticed temporarily during
vehicle speeds, but the events may take a little regeneration.
longer at a 50 km/h (30 mph) average speed.
Note: If regeneration is not successfully ROAD TESTING DYNAMOMETERS
carried out, the amber warning lamp will (ROLLING ROADS)
eventually be replaced by a red warning lamp.
It is essential that any dynamometer testing is
If a DPF message is displayed, accompanied by carried out only by a qualified person, familiar
a red warning lamp, contact a with the dynamometer testing and safety
Dealer/Authorised Repairer as soon as procedures practised by Land Rover Dealers/
possible. Authorised Repairers.

SAFETY IN THE GARAGE

If the vehicle has been driven
recently, do not touch the engine,
exhaust and cooling system
components until the engine has
cooled.

143
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

Never leave the engine running in an USED ENGINE OIL

unventilated area - exhaust gases are Prolonged contact with engine oil may cause
poisonous and extremely dangerous. serious skin disorders, including dermatitis
WARNING - THAT NO PERSON and cancer of the skin. Always wash
SHOULD PLACE ANY PORTION OF thoroughly after contact.
THEIR BODY UNDER A VEHICLE THAT
IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK.
It is illegal to pollute drains, water
Keep your hands and clothing away courses or soil. Use authorised
from drive belts, pulleys and fans. waste disposal sites to dispose of
Some fans may continue to operate used oil and toxic chemicals.
after the engine has stopped.
Remove metal wrist bands and OPENING THE BONNET
jewellery, before working in the
engine compartment.
Do not touch electrical leads or
components while the engine is
running, or with the starter switch
turned on.
Do not allow tools or metal parts of the
vehicle to make contact with the
battery leads or terminals.

FUEL SYSTEM
Under no circumstances should any
part of the fuel system be dismantled
or replaced by anyone other than a
suitably qualified vehicle technician.
Ensure sparks and naked lights are
kept away from the engine
compartment.
Wear protective clothing, including, 1. Pull the bonnet release lever, located in the
where practicable, gloves made from left-hand front footwell.
an impervious material. 2. Lift the bonnet safety catch lever, located
below the centre point of the bonnet, then
POISONOUS FLUIDS raise the bonnet.
Fluids used in motor vehicles are poisonous 3. When closing the bonnet ensure that both
and should not be consumed or brought into catches are securely latched.
contact with open wounds.
For your own safety, always read and obey all
instructions printed on labels and containers.

144
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

CLOSING THE BONNET 2. Check that both catches are engaged, by

trying to lift the front edge of the bonnet.
Do not drive with the bonnet retained
by the safety catch alone.
1. Lower the bonnet until the safety catch
engages. Using both hands, press the
bonnet down until the catches click.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW

1. Engine oil filler cap (2.2L diesel). 8. Windscreen washer fluid filler cap.
2. Oil level dipstick (2.2L diesel). 9. Power steering fluid filler cap.
3. Engine oil filler cap (2.0L petrol). Do not drive if there is a possibility
4. Oil level dipstick (2.0L petrol). that leaked fluid will come into
contact with a hot surface, such as the
5. Brake fluid reservoir cap (left-hand drive
exhaust.
vehicles).
6. Brake fluid reservoir cap (right-hand drive
vehicles).
7. Engine coolant filler cap.

145
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

UNDER BONNET COVERS - REMOVAL UNDER BONNET COVERS -

REFITTING
Before refitting the underbonnet covers,
ensure that no pipes, cables or other
items, have been trapped between the
cover and casing.
1. Slide the rear edge of the cover under the
rubber trim fitted to the scuttle panel.
2. Make sure the front edge of the cover is
flush to the casing, and then press down
until the cover clicks into place.

UNBLOCKING WASHER JETS

Do not operate the washer jets during
unblocking or adjustment.
Windscreen washer fluid may cause
irritation to the eyes and skin. Always
read and observe the washer fluid
manufacturer’s instructions.
If a washer jet becomes blocked, use a thin
strand of wire to unblock the jet by inserting
the wire into the jet. Ensure that the wire is
completely removed after unblocking. The
washer jet position may also be adjusted by
inserting the point of a needle into the jet and
gently repositioning it.

CHANGING A BULB
1. Press the tabs to release the cover from the Always replace bulbs with the correct
casing. type and specification. If you are in any
doubt contact your Land Rover
Note: Releasing the inboard tab on the
Dealer/Authorised Repairer for advice.
front edge of the cover first will make it
easier to release the remaining tabs. Note: In certain territories it is a legal
requirement to carry spare bulbs. A
2. Lift the front edge of the cover and slide
replacement bulb kit is available as an
forwards to remove.
approved accessory from your dealer.
3. Release the catch.
4. Remove the cover.

146
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

HEADLAMP REMOVAL HEADLAMP BULB IDENTIFICATION

A. Xenon bulb.
B. Halogen bulb.

HALOGEN BULBS
Dependent on vehicle specification, halogen
bulbs may be used for high beam, low beam,
and front fog lamps. Take care not to touch the
glass part of the bulb with your fingers; always
use a cloth to handle the bulb. If necessary use
methylated spirits to remove finger prints.

XENON LAMPS
Replacement or maintenance of
Xenon lamps should only be carried
out by suitably qualified personnel.
High voltage is required to ignite the
gas and metal vapour which are used
to power Xenon lamps. Contact with
this voltage can cause serious injury.
Do not place the removed lamp unit Xenon lamp units operate at a very
face down on hard or abrasive surfaces. high temperature. Ensure that the
Doing so may scratch the surface of the lamp units have cooled before
lens. attempting to touch them.
1. Undo and remove the two retaining bolts. Xenon lamp units contain Mercury
2. Pull up the locking lever to release the which is highly toxic and can be
headlamp unit. extremely harmful.
3. Pull the headlamp unit forward to allow
access to the rear of the unit. Seek advice about the correct
4. Disconnect the electrical connector from disposal of Xenon lamp units from
the back of the unit by pressing the tab and a Land Rover Dealer/Authorised
pulling the connector. Repairer, or your local authority.

147
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

HEADLAMP BULB REPLACEMENT

Combined Xenon and Halogen

1. Unclip the locking lever, press down the

two tabs and remove the cover.
2. Undo the two retaining screws and remove
the Xenon unit.
3. Remove the connector from the Xenon
unit.
4. Pull the connector off of the Halogen bulb.
5. Unclip the halogen bulb and remove it from
the unit.
Halogen Only

148
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

1. Unclip the locking lever, press down the

two tabs and remove the cover.
2. Pull the Halogen dipped beam connector
off of the bulb.
Take care not to touch this type of
bulb with your fingers; always use a
cloth to handle them. If necessary,
clean the bulb with methylated
spirits to remove fingerprints.
3. Unclip the bulb and remove it from the unit.
4. Pull the main beam connector off of the
bulb.
5. Unclip the bulb and remove it from the unit.

149
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

DIRECTION INDICATOR BULB FRONT FOG LAMP BULB

REPLACEMENT REPLACEMENT

1. Remove the cover.

2. Twist the indicator bulb holder, and
remove it from the lamp unit.
3. Press the bulb into the holder, then twist it
and remove.
1. Using the slot at the top of the lamp
surround, lever out with a suitable
implement to remove.
2. Undo the three retaining screws, and
remove the lamp unit.
3. Rotate the bulb holder (anticlockwise) and
remove from the lamp unit.
4. Press the two clips together, and remove
the electrical connector.

150
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

REAR LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT

1. With the tailgate open, remove the two SIDE REPEATER LAMP BULB
screws from the inner edge of the unit. REPLACEMENT
2. Pull the unit carefully away from the
vehicle, disconnect the electrical connector
and remove the unit from the vehicle
3. Direction indicator.
4. Stop/tail lamp.
Note: This is an LED lamp. Repair or
replacement should only be carried out by
qualified personnel.
5. Reversing lamp
6. Rear fog lamp.
Twist the relevant bulb unit and pull to access
the bulb. Push, twist and pull to remove the
bulb.

Follow the steps illustrated. Insert a new bulb

and refit the components.

151
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB

REPLACEMENT

Follow the steps illustrated. Insert a new bulb

and refit the components.

152
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

INTERIOR LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT

Follow the steps illustrated. Insert a new bulb 2. Courtesy lamp and map lamps.
and refit the components. 3. Load space lamp.
1. Sun visor lamps.

153
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

4. Puddle lamps. PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

5. Glove box lamp. The fitting of non-approved parts and
6. Footwell lamps. accessories, or the carrying out of
non-approved alterations or
WINDOW RESET conversions, may be dangerous and
could affect the safety of the vehicle
The windows will need to be reset if the battery
and occupants and also invalidate the
is disconnected, becomes discharged or power
terms and conditions of the vehicle
supply is interrupted.
warranty.
Reset as follows:
Land Rover will not accept any
1. Close the window fully. liability for death, personal injury or
2. Release the switch, then lift it to the close damage to property which may occur
position and hold for 1 second. as a direct result of fitment of
3. Repeat the procedure on each window. non-approved accessories or the
carrying out of non-approved
conversions to Land Rover vehicles.
SUNROOF RESET
If the battery is disconnected or the power
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
supply is interrupted whilst the sunroof is
partially open, it will need to be recalibrated. Remove any heavy deposits of mud and
dirt with a hose before washing the
Once the battery is reconnected or the power
vehicle.
supply is restored, recalibrate the sunroof as
follows: Some high pressure cleaning systems
are sufficiently powerful to penetrate
1. Switch the ignition on.
suspension joints, door/window seals
2. With the sunroof closed, press and release and damage trim and door locks. Never
the front of the switch. The sunroof will aim the water jet directly at the engine
move to the tilted position. air intake, heater air intakes, body seals
3. Press the front of the sunroof switch and (doors, sunroof, windows etc.) or at
hold for 20 seconds. any components which may be
4. After 20 seconds, the sunroof will begin to damaged (lights, mirrors, exterior trim,
move. Keep the front of the switch pressed suspension seals and gaiters, etc.).
until the fully open/close cycle has Make sure that the pressure washer
completed. nozzle is always at a distance of more
than 12 inches (300 mm ) from any
5. Once the sunroof has stopped moving,
component of the vehicle.
release the switch.
Do not use a power wash system in the
The sunroof can now be operated as normal.
engine bay area.

154
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

Following cleaning of the vehicle Ensure that the vehicle underside is cleaned as
exterior (particularly with a pressure soon as possible after driving off-road.
washer), it is recommended that the
vehicle is taken for a short drive to dry CLEANING THE INTERIOR
out the brakes.
Do not polish the instrument panel.
Substances which are corrosive, such Polished surfaces are reflective, and
as bird droppings, can damage the may interfere with the drivers view.
vehicle’s paintwork and should be
Clean plastic or cloth faced surfaces with warm
removed as soon as possible.
water and non-detergent soap. Then wipe clean
Do not apply polish to any unpainted with a soft cloth.
areas of bumper mouldings. It will
become ingrained in the textured finish. CLEANING LEATHER UPHOLSTERY
Only use cleaning products specifically
UNDER BODY MAINTENANCE
designed for use on leather. Do not use
Regularly flush the underbody with plain water, chemical, alcohol, or abrasive
and pay particular attention to areas where materials, as they will cause rapid
mud and debris collect. deterioration of the leather. The use of
If damage or corrosion are detected, have the products which are not approved will
vehicle checked by a Land Rover invalidate your warranty.
Dealer/Authorised Repairer as soon as If you are in any doubt as to which
possible. products to use, consult your Land
Rover Dealer/Approved Repairer.
CLEANING AFTER OFF-ROAD Leather should be cleaned and protected at
DRIVING least every six months.
To prevent ingrained dirt and staining, inspect
the seat upholstery regularly and clean every 1
to 2 months as follows:
1. Wipe off fine dust from the seat surfaces
using a clean, damp, non-coloured cloth.
Avoid over wetting the leather.
2. If this is not sufficient, use a cloth which
has been dampened with warm soapy
water and then wrung out. Use only mild
non-caustic soap.
Ensure that the areas around air intakes 3. Use Land Rover leather cleaner for heavily
and the front grille are clean and clear of soiled areas. Dry off and rub the with a
debris. Pay particular attention to the clean soft cloth, changing surfaces
lower grille and radiator. Failure to do regularly.
so may cause the engine to overheat,
leading to severe engine damage.

155
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Maintenance

Use Land Rover leather cleaner several times a AIRBAG MODULE COVERS
year to maintain the leather’s suppleness and
Airbag covers should only be cleaned
appearance. The cleaner will nourish and
using a slightly dampened cloth, and
moisturise and help to improve the surface
a small amount of upholstery cleaner.
protection film against dust and substances.
Do not allow the airbag covers, or
• Dark clothing may stain leather seats just
surrounding areas, to become
like other upholstery products.
contaminated with liquids. Any
• Sharp objects such as belts, zippers, rivets substance which enters the
etc can leave permanent scratches and mechanism can prevent correct
scratch marks on the leather surface. deployment of an airbag during an
• Unless spillages such as tea, coffee or ink impact.
are washed away immediately, permanent
staining may have to be accepted. CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN
If a valet service is used, ensure that the • Clean with a lightly moistened cloth.
specialist concerned is aware of, and follows,
• Do not use chemical agents or domestic
these instructions precisely.
cleaners.
Note: Some materials/fabrics are prone to dye • To prevent errors occurring, ensure that
transfer, which can cause unsightly only one finger at a time is in contact with
discolouration of lighter coloured leathers. the screen.
Affected areas should be cleaned and
• Do not use excessive pressure.
re-protected as soon as possible.
• Do not allow sharp, hard or abrasive
CLEANING THE SEAT BELTS objects to make contact with the screen.
• Avoid exposing the screen to direct
Do not allow any water, cleaning
sunlight for long periods.
products, or fabric from cloths to enter
the seat belt mechanism. Any
substance which enters the
mechanism may affect the
performance of the seat belt in an
impact.
Extend the seat belts fully, then use warm
water and a non-detergent soap to clean. Allow
the seat belts to dry naturally whilst fully
extended.
Note: Whilst cleaning the seat belt, take the
opportunity to examine the webbing for
damage/wear. Any wear or damage should be
reported to, and rectified by, a Land Rover
Dealer/Approved Repairer.

156
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fluid level checks

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL 2. Fully re-insert the dipstick and withdraw
Fluid level checks

The oil consumption of an engine is influenced again to check the oil level. Never allow the
by many factors. Under high loads an engine oil level to fall below the lower mark or
will consume more oil than usual. Diesel notch on the dipstick.
engines consume slightly more oil than petrol As a general guide, if the level on the dipstick:
engines. • Is nearer to the upper mark or notch than
Check the oil level weekly, when the engine is the lower, add no oil.
cold and with the vehicle resting on level • Is nearer to the lower mark or notch than
ground. the upper, add 0.5 litre (1 pint) of oil.
Note: If it is necessary to check the oil level • Is below the lower mark or notch, add 1
when the engine is hot, switch off the engine litre (2 pints) of oil and re-check the level
and let the vehicle stand for 5 minutes to allow after a further five minutes.
the oil to drain back into the sump. Do not start
the engine. TOPPING UP THE OIL
The vehicle warranty may be invalidated
if damage is caused by using oil that
does not meet the required
specification.
Failure to use an oil that meets the
required specification could cause
excessive engine wear, a build up of
sludge and deposits, and increase
pollution. It could also lead to engine
failure.
Overfilling with oil could result in severe
engine damage. Oil should be added in
small quantities and the level
re-checked to ensure that the engine is
not overfilled.
Note: It is essential to use oil with the correct
specifications and make sure it is suitable for
the climatic conditions in which the vehicle is
to be operated. See 162, LUBRICANTS AND
FLUIDS.
1. Remove the oil filler cap.
2. Add oil to maintain the level between the
MIN and MAX marks or notches on the
dipstick. Clean up any oil spilled during
topping-up.
1. Withdraw the dipstick and wipe the blade 3. Check the oil level again after 5 minutes.
clean with a lint free cloth.

157
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fluid level checks

Note: The approximate quantity of oil required TOPPING UP THE COOLANT

to raise the level from MIN to MAX on the
Never remove the filler cap when the
dipstick is 1.2 litres (2.11 pints) - petrol models
engine is hot - escaping steam or
or 1.5 litres (2.64 pints) - diesel models.
scalding water could cause serious
personal injury.
CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL
Avoid spilling antifreeze onto a hot
Running the engine without coolant will engine - a fire may result.
cause serious engine damage.
Unscrew the filler cap slowly,
The coolant level in the expansion tank should allowing the pressure to escape
be checked at least weekly (more frequently in before removing completely.
high mileage or arduous operating conditions).
Antifreeze is poisonous and can be
Always check the level when the system is
fatal if swallowed - keep containers
cold.
sealed and out of the reach of
children. If accidental consumption is
suspected, seek medical attention
immediately.
If the fluid comes into contact with the
skin or eyes, rinse immediately with
plenty of water.
The use of non-approved antifreeze will
have an adverse effect on the engine
cooling system and therefore engine
durability.
Antifreeze will damage painted
surfaces; soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately and wash
the area with a mixture of car shampoo
and water.
Ensure the coolant level remains between the When travelling in territories where the
level indicator marks located on the side of the water supply contains salt, always
expansion tank. ensure you carry a supply of fresh (rain
If the level has dropped suddenly, or by a large or distilled) water. Topping up with salt
amount, the system may be leaking or water will cause serious engine
overheating. Arrange for the vehicle to be damage.
examined by a qualified technician as soon as Top-up to the upper level indicator mark
possible. located on the side of the expansion tank. See
162, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS.

158
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fluid level checks

To ensure that the anti-corrosion properties of Seek qualified assistance

the coolant are retained, the antifreeze content immediately if brake pedal travel is
should be checked once a year and completely unusually long or if there is any
renewed every ten years, regardless of significant loss of brake fluid. Driving
distance travelled. Failure to do so may cause under such conditions could result in
corrosion of the radiator and engine extended stopping distances or
components. complete brake failure.
The specific gravity of a 50% antifreeze With the vehicle on level ground, check the
solution at 20°C (68°F) is 1.068 and protects fluid level at least every week (more frequently
against frost down to -40°C (-40°F). in high mileage or arduous operating
Note: In an emergency - and only if the conditions).
approved antifreeze is unavailable - top-up the
cooling system with clean water, but be aware
of the resultant reduction in frost protection.
Do not top-up or refill with conventional
antifreeze formulations. If in doubt consult a
qualified technician.
Ensure the cap is tightened fully after top-up is
complete by turning the cap until the ratchet
cap clicks.

CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

Brake fluid is highly toxic - keep
containers sealed and out of the reach
of children. If accidental consumption 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to
of fluid is suspected, seek medical prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
attention immediately. 2. Remove the filler cap.
If the fluid comes into contact with the 3. The brake fluid level should be between the
skin or eyes, rinse immediately with MIN and the MAX marks.
plenty of water.
The fluid level may drop slightly during normal
Do not drive the vehicle with the fluid use as a result of brake pad wear but should
level below the MIN mark. not be allowed to drop below the MIN mark.
If the quantity of fluid in the brake/clutch
reservoir drops below the recommended level, TOPPING UP THE BRAKE FLUID
a red warning indicator in the instrument pack
Brake fluid will damage painted
will illuminate.
surfaces. Soak up any spillage with an
Note: If the warning indicator illuminates while absorbent cloth immediately and wash
the vehicle is being driven, stop the vehicle as the area with a mixture of car shampoo
soon as safety permits by gently applying the and water.
brakes.
Check and top-up the fluid level if necessary.

159
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fluid level checks

Only use new fluid from an airtight

container. Fluid from opened containers
or fluid previously bled from the system
will have absorbed moisture, which will
adversely affect performance, and must
not be used.
1. Top-up the reservoir to the MAX mark. See
162, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS.
2. Replace the cap.
3. Fit the reservoir cover in the reverse order
of removal.

CHECKING THE POWER STEERING

FLUID LEVEL The level of fluid can be seen through the
Power steering fluid is highly toxic. translucent body of the reservoir.
Keep containers sealed and out of The fluid level should be between the MIN and
reach of children. If accidental the MAX marks.
consumption of fluid is suspected,
seek medical attention immediately. TOPPING UP THE POWER STEERING
If the fluid comes into contact with the FLUID
skin or eyes, rinse immediately with Power steering fluid will damage
plenty of water. painted surfaces. Soak up any spillage
Do not start the engine if the fluid level with an absorbent cloth immediately
has dropped below the MIN mark. and wash the area with a mixture of car
Severe damage to the steering pump shampoo and water.
could result. Do not fill the reservoir above the MAX
Seek qualified assistance immediately if mark.
there is a noticeable drop in the fluid 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to
level. Severe damage to the steering prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
pump could result.
2. Remove filler cap.
If fluid loss is slow, the reservoir may
3. Top-up the reservoir until the fluid level is
be topped-up to the upper level mark to
between the MIN and MAX marks. See
enable the vehicle to be driven to a
162, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS.
repair facility for examination. However,
it is recommended that you seek 4. Replace filler cap.
qualified assistance before driving the
vehicle.
Check and top-up the fluid with the vehicle on
level ground, engine switched off, and the
system cold. Ensure that the steering wheel is
not turned after stopping the engine.

160
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fluid level checks

CHECKING THE WASHER FLUID The washer reservoir supplies both front and
LEVEL rear screen washer jets and headlamp washer
jets.
Some screen washer products are
inflammable, particularly if high or Check and top-up the reservoir level at least
undiluted concentrations are exposed every week. Always top-up with screen washer
to sparking. Do not allow screen fluid to prevent freezing.
washer fluid to come into contact with Operate the washer switches periodically to
naked flames or sources of ignition. check that the nozzles are clear and properly
If the vehicle is operated in directed.
temperatures below 4°C (40°F), use a 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to
washer fluid with frost protection. In prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
cold weather, failure to use a washer 2. Remove filler cap.
fluid with frost protection, could result
3. Top-up the reservoir until the fluid is visible
in impaired vision and increase the
in the filler neck.
risk of a vehicle crash.
4. Replace filler cap.
Do not use an antifreeze or
vinegar/water solution in the washer Washer reservoir capacity
reservoir - antifreeze will damage • Models without headlamp wash - 3.1 litres
painted surfaces, while vinegar can (5.45 pints).
damage the windscreen washer pump. • Models with headlamp wash - 5.8 litres
Body panels may suffer discolouration (10.2 pints).
as a result of screen washer fluid
spillage. Take care to avoid spillage,
particularly if an undiluted or high
concentration is being used. If spillage
occurs, wash the affected area
immediately with water.

TOPPING UP THE WASHER FLUID

161
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Technical specifications

Diesel 150 Diesel 190 Petrol

Capacity 2 179 cm³ 2179 cm³ 1999 cm³

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
Compression ratio 15.8:1 15.8:1 10:1
Maximum torque 420 Nm at 1750 rpm 420 Nm at 1750 rpm 317 Nm at 3200 rpm
Number of cylinders 4 4 4
Power output 110 kW (150 PS) at 140 kW (190 PS) at 177W (240 PS) at
4000 rpm 3500 rpm 5500 rpm

LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

Part Variant Specification

Engine oil Petrol vehicles 2.0L SAE 5W-30 meeting Ford 913-B specification.
Diesel vehicles 2.2L SAE 5W-30 meeting Ford 934-B specification.
(with DPF)
Diesel vehicles 2.2L SAE 5W-30 meeting Ford 913-B or 913-C
(without DPF) specification.

Main gearbox oil Manual transmission Castrol BOT 350 M3

Main gearbox oil Automatic transmission Nippon AW-1
Power Transfer unit All vehicles Castrol BOT 118
Haldex coupling All vehicles STAT OIL SL01-301
Rear differential oil All vehicles Castrol EPX
Power steering fluid All vehicles Pentosin CHF202
Brake/Clutch fluid All vehicles Shell DOT4 ESL. If unavailable, a low viscosity
synthetic compatible DOT4 brake fluid that
meets ISO 4925 class 6 and Land Rover
LRES22BF03 requirements may be used.
Screen washer All vehicles Screen wash with frost protection
Coolant All vehicles 1:1 mixture of Castrol SF antifreeze and water.

162
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

Land Rover recommends Castrol EDGE

Professional:

CAPACITIES

Item Variant Capacity

Fuel tank Diesel 68 litres (15 gallons)
Petrol 70 litres (15.4 gallons)
Engine oil refill and filter change Diesel 5.9 litres (10 pints)
Petrol 5.6 litres (9.9 pints)
Manual gearbox All vehicles 2 litres (3.5 pints)
Automatic gearbox All vehicles 7 litres (12.3 pints)
Power Transfer unit All vehicles 0.75 litres (1.3 pints)
Haldex coupling All vehicles 0.65 litres (1.1pints)
Rear differential All vehicles 0.7 litres (1.2 pints)
Washer reservoir With headlamp wash 5.8 litres (10.2 pints)
Without headlamp wash 3.1 litres (5.5 pints)
Cooling system (refill) Diesel Manual 5.4 litres (9.5 pints)
Diesel (aux heater) Manual 5.6 litres (9.9 pints)
Diesel Auto 5.7 litres (10 pints)

Diesel (aux heater) Auto 5.9 litres (10.4 pints)

Petrol 4.4 litres (7.7 pints)

The quoted capacities are approximate and

provided as a guide only. All oil levels must be
checked using the dipstick, level plugs or the
Instrument panel message centre, as
applicable.

163
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

WEIGHTS

Variant Vehicle weight Gross Vehicle Gross Train

from Weight (GVW)1 Weight2
Diesel 2.2L 1710 kg 2505 kg 4505 kg
3770 lbs 5520 lbs 9930 lbs
Petrol 2.0L 1760 kg 2505 kg 4505 kg
3880 lbs 5520 lbs 9930 lbs
¹ The maximum permissible weight of the vehicle including passengers and load.
² The maximum permissible weight of the vehicle and braked trailer including their respective
loads.

Variant Maximum front Maximum rear Maximum roof Maximum

axle load¹ axle load¹ rack load² payload
Petrol and Diesel 1310 kg 1360 kg 75 kg 500 kg
2885 lbs 2995 lbs 165 lbs 1100 lbs
¹ The front and rear axle maximum loads can not be reached simultaneously as this will exceed
the GVW limit.
² This figure includes the weight of the roof rack.

DIMENSIONS

Item Description mm (inches) Degrees

1 Width 2195 (86.4) -
1 Width with mirrors folded 2005 (78.8) -
2 Overall height 1830 (72.1) -

164
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

Item Description mm (inches) Degrees

3 Approach angle - 31°
3 Approach angle with body styling kit - 23°
4 Ramp breakover angle - 157°
5 Wheelbase 2660 (104.7) -
6 Overall length 4500 (177.1) -
7 Track - front 1601 (63) -
Track - rear 1614 (63.5) -
8 Departure angle with body styling kit - 29°
8 Departure angle without tow hitch - 34°
- Departure angle with fixed height tow hitch - 18°
- Maximum wading depth 500 (19.7) -
- Ground clearance 210 (8.3) -
- Turning circle (kerb to kerb) 11300 (444.9) -

BULB SPECIFICATION
Before attempting to replace a bulb,
ensure that both the affected lamp and
the vehicle's ignition are turned off. If
the circuit remains live, a short circuit
can occur which may damage the
vehicle's electrical system.

Lamp Specification Power (Watts)

Halogen headlamp (low and high beam) HB3 55
Xenon headlamp (low and high beam) D1S 35
Front direction indicators PY21W 21
Rear direction indicators PY21W 21
Front fog lamps H11 55
Side repeater lamps W5W 5
Reverse lamps P21W 21
Rear fog lamps P21W 21
Number plate lamps W5W 5
Puddle lamps W5W 5
All Interior lamps W5W 5

165
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

REMOTE KEY FOB TRANSMITTER LOCATIONS

1. Cabin front transmitters.

2. Cabin middle transmitter.
3. Loadspace interior transmitter.
4. Keyless start module.
5. Loadspace interior transmitter.
Any implanted medical device should
be kept at a distance, of at least 9
inches (22 cm) away, from any of the
vehicle transmitters/receivers during
their normal operation. This is to
avoid any possibility of interference
between the vehicle system and the
medical device.

166
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Technical specifications

WHEEL ALIGNMENT DATA

The following information relates to China.

All models
Wheel alignment - front 12' ± 12'
Wheel alignment - rear 20' ± 12'
Camber - front left -0.50° ± 0.75°
Camber - front right -0.50° ± 0.75°
Camber - rear left -1.95° ± 0.75°
Camber - rear right -1.95° ± 0.75°
Castor - front left 3.25° ± 0.75°
Castor - front right 3.25° ± 0.75°

Note: All figures are measured with the vehicle

unoccupied, with full fluids, full tank of fuel and
tyres inflated to normal pressures.

BRAKE PEDAL TRAVEL (China)

Both the brake and clutch pedal travel is set at
the factory and is non-adjustable.

167
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle battery

BATTERY WARNING SYMBOLS If battery electrolyte comes into

Vehicle battery

contact with your eyes, flush with

copious amounts of clean cold water.
Do not allow naked flames or other Seek medical assistance
sources of ignition near the immediately, and continue to flush
battery, as the battery may emit with water.
explosive gases.
If swallowed, battery electrolyte can
Ensure that when working near or be fatal. If electrolyte is swallowed
handling the battery, suitable eye seek medical assistance
protection is worn, to protect the immediately.
eyes from acid splashes.
Do not connect any 12 volt equipment
To prevent risk of injury, do not directly to the battery terminals.
allow children near the battery. Doing so may cause a spark, which
can result in an explosion.
Be aware that the battery may emit The cell plugs and vent pipe must be
explosive gases. in place at all times when the battery
is connected to the vehicle. Ensure
that the vent pipe is clear of
The battery contains acid which is obstructions and not kinked. Failure to
extremely corrosive and toxic. do so may cause a pressure build up in
the battery, resulting in an explosion.
Consult the handbook for Do not expose the battery to a naked
information, before handling the flame or spark as the battery produces
battery. explosive, flammable gas.
Never jump start (boost) or charge, a
BATTERY CARE frozen battery. Doing so can result in
an explosion.
Do not allow the battery electrolyte
Remove all metal jewellery before
(fluid) come into contact with your
working on, or near, the battery, and
skin or eyes. It is both corrosive and
never allow metal objects or vehicle
toxic, and the resulting injuries can be
components to come into contact with
severe. If any electrolyte does come
the battery terminals. Metal objects
into contact with your skin or eyes,
can cause sparks, and/or short
immediately rinse the affected area
circuits, resulting in an explosion.
with clean, cold water. Immediate
medical advice will be required. Do not allow the battery posts or
terminals to come into contact with
If battery electrolyte comes into
your skin. They contain lead, and lead
contact with your skin and/or clothes
compounds which are toxic. Always
you should remove the affected
wash your hands thoroughly after
clothing and flush the skin with
handling the battery.
copious amounts of water. Seek
medical assistance immediately.

168
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle battery

Your vehicle is fitted with a maintenance free

battery.

CONNECTING JUMP LEADS

Rotating parts of the engine can cause
serious injury. Take extreme care
when working near rotating parts of
the engine.
Before attempting to start the disabled
vehicle, make sure that the parking
brake is applied, or suitably chock the
wheels. Make sure that Park is
selected or the manual gearbox is in
neutral.
Suitable eye protection must be worn
when working in the area of the
battery.
Do not attempt to start the disabled
vehicle if it suspected that the
electrolyte in the battery is frozen.
During normal use, batteries emit
explosive gas sufficient to cause
severe explosions and capable of
Switch off all electrical equipment
causing serious injury - keep sparks
before following this procedure. All
and naked lights away from the engine
electrical equipment must remain
compartment.
switched off until the procedure is
Make sure there is no physical contact complete.
between the donor and disabled
Exercise extreme caution during this
vehicles other than the booster cables.
procedure to avoid contact with any
Make sure that the slave battery or components in the engine
starting aid is a 12 volt device. compartment that are moving at high
Disconnect the battery cables prior to speed, carrying high voltage, or hot.
operating any electrical equipment. 1. Connect the positive (Red) jump lead to the
Note: Before connecting jump leads ensure positive (+) terminal on the donor vehicle's
that the battery connections on the disabled battery.
vehicle are correct, and that all electrical 2. Connect the other end of the positive jump
equipment has been switched off. lead to the positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.

169
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle battery

3. Connect the negative (Black) jump lead to CHARGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY
the recommended jump starting earth
Ensure that the correct type and rating
point of the donor vehicle.
of charger used. Using an unsuitable
4. Connect the other end of the negative jump charger may damage the battery, and
lead to the earth point indicated. could cause the battery to explode.
Note: Check that all cables are clear of any Always charge the battery in a well
moving components and that all four ventilated area away from any naked
connections are secure. flames, sparks or other ignition
5. Start the engine of the donor vehicle and sources. During charging the battery
allow it to idle for a few minutes. can produce a highly explosive and
6. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. flammable gas.
Note: Do not switch on any electrical The battery must be disconnected and
circuits of the disabled vehicle until after removed from the vehicle before
the jump leads are removed. charging. Failure to do so could result in
damage to the vehicle's electrical
7. Allow both vehicles to idle for two minutes. system.
8. Switch off the donor vehicle. Always follow the instructions supplied
9. Disconnect the negative (Black) jump lead with the battery charger. Failure to do
from the previously disabled vehicle. so may result in damage to the battery.
10. Disconnect the negative (Black) jump lead 1. Disconnect the battery and remove it from
from the donor vehicle. the vehicle.
11. Disconnect the positive (Red) jump lead 2. Connect the battery charger in accordance
from the previously discharged battery. with the charger manufacturer's
12. Disconnect the positive (Red) jump lead instructions.
from the donor vehicle. 3. Once the charge is complete switch off the
power to the charger.
CONNECTING A STARTING AID 4. Disconnect the charger cables from the
To start the vehicle using a starting aid or a battery.
slave battery, follow the instructions in the 5. Allow the battery to stand for an hour
sequence given. before connecting to the vehicle. This will
1. Connect the positive (Red) jump lead to the allow any explosive gasses to dissipate,
positive (+) battery terminal of the and reduce the risk of explosion.
discharged battery.
2. Connect the negative (Black) jump lead to REPLACING THE VEHICLE BATTERY
the vehicle earth point. Switch the ignition off before
3. Start the engine and allow it to idle. disconnecting battery terminals.
4. Disconnect the negative (Black) jump lead Always disconnect the negative
from the battery terminal of the vehicle. terminal first and reconnect last.
5. Disconnect the positive (Red) jump lead
from the battery terminal of the vehicle.

170
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle battery

Only fit a battery of the correct type 2. Remove the remote control from the
and rating. Fitting an incorrect battery vehicle and wait two minutes to allow the
may result in a fire, or damage to the systems to power down fully.
electrical system. If you are in any 3. Undo the negative clamp, and lift the cable
doubt when fitting a battery seek and clamp clear of the battery terminal.
qualified assistance.
4. Undo the positive clamp, and lift the cable
Use caution when lifting the battery and clamp clear of the battery terminal.
out of, or into, the vehicle. It is heavy,
5. Undo the battery clamp and lift the battery
and may cause injury when lifting, or
clear of the vehicle.
if dropped.
A new battery should be supplied with plastic
Do not tip the battery when lifting or
terminal covers. Leave the covers in place
moving as tilting the battery more
when fitting the battery, and remove them one
than 45 degrees may damage the
at a time to fit the battery cable clamps.
battery, and may cause the electrolyte
to leak out. Battery electrolyte is Refitting is an exact reversal of the removal
highly corrosive, and toxic. procedure. If you are in any doubt about fitting
a battery seek qualified assistance before
When refitting the battery ensure that
attempting to fit the battery.
no metal objects, or vehicle
components, come into contact with
the battery terminals. Metal objects Used batteries must be disposed
can cause a spark or short circuit, both of correctly as they contain a
of which may result in an explosion. number of harmful substances.
Ensure that when fitting a battery to the Seek advice on disposal from your
vehicle, the terminals and battery Dealer/Authorised Repairer and/or
clamps are clean, and lightly coated your local authority.
with petroleum jelly. This will ensure
good electrical connections are made, EFFECTS OF DISCONNECTING
and help to prevent corrosion. Disconnecting the battery can affect a number
Always follow the battery of vehicle systems, especially if there is
manufacturers instructions. Failure to insufficient battery power prior to
do so may result in damage to the disconnection. For example, the alarm may
vehicle and/or the electrical system. trigger depending on it's state when the battery
Do not rest the battery on any part of was disconnected. If the alarm does sound,
the vehicle as it may cause damage due use the remote control in the normal way to
to its weight. disarm the security system. The windows may
need recalibrating to operate correctly.
Do not run the engine with the battery
disconnected. Doing so may damage
the charging system.
1. Ensure that all electrical circuits are
switched off, all windows are closed, and
the alarm is disarmed.

171
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

TYRE MARKINGS
Tyres

1. P indicates that the tyre is for passenger The load index on all replacement
vehicle use. This index is not always tyres should be, at least, the same
shown. specification as the original
2. The width of the tyre from sidewall edge to equipment. If in doubt consult a
sidewall edge in millimeters. Land Rover Dealer/Authorised
Repairer.
3. The aspect ratio, also known as the profile,
gives the sidewall height as a percentage of 7. The speed rating denotes the maximum
the tread width. So, if the tread width is 205 speed at which the tyre should be used for
mm and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall extended periods. See 173, SPEED
height will be 102 mm. RATING.
4. R indicates that the tyre is of Radial ply 8. Tyre manufacturing standard information,
construction. which can be used for tyre recalls and other
checking processes. Most of this
5. The diameter of the wheel rim given (in
information relates to the manufacturer,
inches).
place of manufacture etc. The last four
6. The load index for the tyre. This index is not numbers are the date of manufacture. For
always shown. example, if the number was 5111, the tyre
was made in the 51st week of 2011.

172
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

9. M+S or M/S indicates that the tyre has SPEED RATING

been designed with some capability for
mud and snow.
Rating Speed km/h (mph)
10. The number of plies in both the tread area,
and the sidewall area, indicates how many Q 160 (99)
layers of rubber coated material make up R 170 (106)
the structure of the tyre. Information is S 180 (112)
also provided on the type of materials
T 190 (118)
used.
U 200 (124)
11. Wear rate indicator. A tyre rated at 400 for
example, will last longer than a tyre rated at H 210 (130)
200. V 240 (149)
12. The traction rating grades a tyres W 270 (168)
performance when stopping on a wet road Y 300 (186)
surface. The higher the grade, the better
the braking performance. The grades, from
highest to lowest are; AA, A, B and C. TYRE CARE
13. The maximum load which can be carried by Do not drive the vehicle if a tyre is
the tyre. damaged, excessively worn, or
incorrectly inflated.
14. Heat resistance grading. The tyre
resistance to heat is grade A, B or C, with A Avoid contaminating the tyres with
indicating the greatest resistance to heat. vehicle fluids as they may cause
This grading is provided for a correctly damage to the tyre.
inflated tyre, which is being used within its Avoid spinning the wheels. The forces
speed and loading limits. released can damage the structure of
15. The maximum inflation pressure for the the tyre, and cause it to fail.
tyre. This pressure should not be used for If wheel spin is unavoidable due to a
normal driving. See 176, AVOIDING FLAT loss of traction (in deep snow for
SPOTS. example), do not exceed the 50 km/h
(30 mph) point on the speedometer.
Note: Tyre condition should be checked after
the vehicle has been used off-road. As soon as
the vehicle returns to a normal, hard, road
surface, stop and check for damage to the
tyres.
All of the vehicle's tyres (including the spare)
should be checked regularly for damage, wear
and distortion. If you are in any doubt about the
condition of a tyre, have it checked immediately
by a tyre repair centre or your Land Rover
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.

173
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

TYRE PRESSURES If the vehicle has been parked in

strong sunlight, or used in high
Never drive the vehicle if the tyre
ambient temperatures, do not reduce
pressures are incorrect.
the tyre pressures. Move the vehicle
Pressure checks should only be into the shade an allow the tyres to
carried out when the tyres are cold, cool before re-checking the
and the vehicle has been stationary pressures.
for more than three hours. A hot tyre
All tire pressures, including the spare,
at, or below, recommended cold
should be checked on a weekly basis
inflation pressure, is dangerously
and before long journeys, using an
under-inflated.
accurate pressure gauge, when the
tires are cold. Failure to properly
maintain your tire pressures could
increase the risk of tire failure,
resulting in a loss of vehicle control
and potential personal injury.

Tyre size/speed Tyre pressures. All loading

rating conditions.
Front, bar (psi) Rear, bar (psi)
235/65 R17 V 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32)
235/60 R18 V 2.2 (32) 2.2 (32)
235/55 R19 V 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)
235/55 R19 H 2.4 (35) 2.4 (35)

The following procedure should be used to 5. If the tyre pressure is too high, remove the
check and adjust the tyre pressures. gauge and allow air out of the tyre by
To avoid damaging the valves do not pressing the centre of the valve. Refit the
apply excessive force or side ways force gauge to the valve and check the pressure.
on the gauge/inflator, 6. Repeat the process, adding or removing air
1. Remove the valve cap. as required, until the correct tyre pressure
is reached.
2. Firmly attach a tyre pressure gauge/inflator
to the valve. 7. Refit the valve cap.
3. Read the tyre pressure from the gauge and
add air if required. TYRE VALVES
Keep the valve caps screwed down firmly to
4. If air is added to the tyre, remove the gauge
prevent water or dirt entering the valve. Check
and re-attach it before reading the
the valves for leaks when checking the tyre
pressure. Failure to do so may result in an
pressures.
inaccurate reading.

174
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

PUNCTURED TYRES M+S (mud and snow) tyres have a recognised

level of winter performance and need not be
Do not drive the vehicle with a
replaced. TheM+S marking on the tyre sidewall
punctured tyre. Even if the punctured
indicates an 'all season' tyre designed for use
tyre has not deflated, it is unsafe to
all year round, including cold temperatures,
use, as the tyre may deflate suddenly
snow and ice.
at any time.

REPLACEMENT TYRES This symbol identifies dedicated

winter tyres, which can be fitted if
Always fit replacement tyres of the
optimum winter traction is
same type, and wherever possible, of
required, or the vehicle is to be
the same make and tread pattern.
used in more extreme winter
The load and speed index ratings on conditions.
all replacement tyres must be, at
least, the same specification as the
Note: Dedicated winter tyres often have a lower
Original Equipment (OE) see . If in
speed rating than the original equipment tyres,
doubt consult your Land Rover
and the vehicle must therefore be driven within
Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
the speed limitation of the winter tyre.
Do not rotate tyres around the vehicle.
The tyre pressures indicated on the tyre
If the use of tyres not recommended by information label are for use in all conditions
Land Rover is unavoidable, ensure on the original equipment tyres. If a reduced
that you read, and fully comply with, speed rating tyre is fitted, the recommended
the tyre manufacturer’s instructions. pressures are only suitable for use below 160
When the tread has worn down to km/h (100 mph).
approximately 2 mm, wear indicators start to For optimum traction, tyres should be run in
appear at the surface of the tread pattern. This for at least 160 kilometres (100 miles) on dry
produces a continuous band of rubber across roads prior to driving on snow or ice.
the tread as a visual reminder.
Ideally, tyres should be replaced in sets of four. Land Rover approved winter tyre sizes
If this is not possible, replace the tyres in pairs
(both front or both rear). When tyres are 17 inch wheels 235/65 R17
replaced, the wheels should always be 18 inch wheels 235/60 R18
re-balanced and alignment checked. 19 inch wheels 235/55 R19
For the correct tyre specification and pressures
see 174, TYRE PRESSURES Note: *Studded tyres and are market
dependant. Consult a Land Rover
USING WINTER TYRES Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
In many countries legislation exists that Use of dedicated winter tyres may require a
requires the use of winter tyres during change of wheel size, depending on original
specified periods of the year. choice of wheel. All four wheels must be
changed.

175
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

If fitted with standard rubber valves, the Tyre Tyre pressure temperature compensation
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) warning
Ambient Pressure
lamp will flash for 75 seconds and then remain
temperature °C (°F) compensation bar
illuminated. The message centre will also
(psi, kPa)
display TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM FAULT. 40 (104) + 0.28 (4, 28)
When the original wheels and tyres are refitted, 50 (122) + 0.41 (6, 41)
the vehicle will need to travel a short distance
to reset the TPMS and extinguish the warning AVOIDING FLAT SPOTS
lamp. In order to minimise flat spotting, the tyre
pressures can be increased to the maximum as
PRESSURE COMPENSATION FOR stated on the tyre sidewall, for the period when
TEMPERATURE CHANGES the vehicle is stationary. Tyres must be
A colder ambient local temperature will reduce returned to the specified running pressures
pressure within the tyre. An effect is to before driving.
decrease sidewall height and to increase tyre
shoulder wear with the potential for tyre failure. TYRE DEGRADATION
Vehicle dynamics could also be adversely Tyres degrade over time due to the effects of
affected. ultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, high
Tyre pressures can be adjusted to compensate loads, and environmental conditions. It is
before the start of the journey. Alternatively, recommended that tyres are replaced at least
tyre pressures can be adjusted when the area every six years, but they may require
of lower ambient temperature is reached. replacement more frequently.
In this situation, the vehicle must be left in the
ambient local temperature for at least one hour
before tyre pressure is adjusted.
To compensate for colder ambient
temperatures, tyre pressures should be
increased by 0.14 bar (2 psi, 14 kPa) for each
10°C (20°F) decrease.
Note: Ensure that correct tyre pressures are
maintained when moving to areas of differing
ambient temperature.

Tyre pressure temperature compensation

Ambient Pressure
temperature °C (°F) compensation bar
(psi, kPa)
20 (68) use label
30 (86) + 0.14 (2, 14)

176
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Tyres

USING SNOW CHAINS TYRE DECLARATION (India only)

Only use traction devices in heavy All imported tyres meet the requirements of
snow conditions, on compacted snow. Bureau of India Standards (BIS) and comply
Never exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) when with the requirements under Central Motor
traction devices are fitted. Vehicle Rules (CMVR) 1989. The tyres are the
same as those tyres supplied as Original
Never fit traction devices to a Equipment (OE) for Land Rover models which
temporary use spare wheel. are fully Type Approved for the Indian market.
Land Rover approved traction devices may be
used to improve traction on compacted snow
in heavy snow conditions. They should not be
used in off-road conditions.
If it becomes necessary to fit traction devices,
the following points must be observed:
• Only Land Rover approved traction devices
should be used on the vehicle. Only Land
Rover approved traction devices have been
tested to ensure that they do not cause
damage to the vehicle. Contact a Land
Rover Dealer/Authorised Repairer for
information.
• The wheels and tyres fitted must conform
to the specifications of the original
equipment.
• Half chain traction devices can be fitted to
the front wheels of vehicles fitted with 17
inch and 18 inch diameter wheels.
• Fit traction devices in pairs on the same
axle.
• Always read, understand and follow the
traction device manufacturer's
instructions. Pay particular attention to the
maximum speed and fitting instructions.
• Avoid tyre/vehicle damage, by removing
the traction devices as soon as the
conditions allow.

177
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

FUSE BOX LOCATIONS

Fuses

When a fuse box lid is removed, take

care to protect the box from moisture,
and refit the lid at the earliest
opportunity.
1. Engine compartment fuse box.
• The fuse numbers and positions are
shown on the inside of the fuse box
cover.

178
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

2. Passenger compartment fuse box. CHANGING A FUSE

• Open the glove box. See 55, STORAGE Fit Land Rover approved replacement
COMPARTMENTS. fuses of the same rating and type, or
• Lower the glove box by lightly pushing fuses of matching specification. Using
in at each support stay at the top of the an incorrect fuse, may result in damage
left-hand and right-hand corners. to the vehicle's electrical system and
• Lightly push in the thumb catch at the can result in a fire.
top of the support strut. Lift and lightly If the replacement fuse blows after
pull away to release the top of the strut. installation, the system should be
• Remove the glove box by lightly pulling checked by a Land Rover
towards the rear of the vehicle to Dealer/Authorised Repairer.
release it from the lower clips. Note: Land Rover recommend that relays
• Lift up the flap in the insulation should only be replaced by qualified personnel.
material to access the fuse board. Always switch off the ignition, and the affected
• A label on the rear of the glove box will electrical circuit, before replacing a fuse.
show the fuse numbers and positions.
Note: Spare fuses and a puller are located in
3. Luggage compartment fuse box. the passenger compartment fuse box.
• The fuse numbers and positions are
shown on the inside of the fuse box
cover.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F1 - - -
F2 5 tan Voltage module
F3 80 clear Cooling fans
F4 60 blue Glow plugs (diesel only)
F5 - - -
F6 15 blue Engine management.
Oxygen sensors
F7 5 tan Relays
F8 20 yellow Engine management
F9 10 red Engine management
F10 15 blue Automatic transmission
F11 10 red Engine management
F12 15 blue Engine management
F13 10 red Air conditioning

179
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F14 15 blue Engine management. Air
conditioning
F15 40 orange Starter motor
F16 100 violet Electric booster heater
(diesel only)
F17 60 blue Passenger compartment
fuse box supply
F18 60 blue Passenger compartment
fuse box supply
F19 60 blue Luggage compartment fuse
box supply. Audio system
F20 60 blue Luggage compartment fuse
box supply
F21 60 blue Luggage compartment fuse
box supply
F22 30 green Windscreen wipers
F23 40 orange Passenger compartment
fuse box supply
F24 - - -
F25 30 green Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS)
F26 40 orange ABS
F27 40 orange Passenger compartment
fuse box supply
F28 40 orange Heater blower
F29 - - -
F30 15 blue Headlamp washer
F31 15 blue Horns
F32 20 yellow Auxiliary heater (diesel
only)
F33 5 tan Relays
F34 40 orange Heated windscreen
(left-hand)
F35 40 orange Heated windscreen
(right-hand)

180
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F36 5 tan Auxiliary heater water pump
(diesel only)
F37 20 yellow Fuel pump
F38 10 red Parking aid module
F39 - - -
F40 - - -
F41 - - -
F42 5 tan Headlamp levelling control
F43 5 tan Automatic high beam. Rear
view camera
F44 10 red Heated steering wheel
F45 5 tan Auxiliary heater water pump
(diesel only)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F1 5 tan RF receiver. Interior motion
sensor. Tyre Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
F2 - - -
F3 15 blue Front fog lamps
F4 - - -
F5 5 tan Slip control module
F6 5 tan Ignition supply for engine
compartment fuse box and
loadspace fuse box relay.
F7 - - -
F8 25 clear Front passenger door
module
F9 5 tan EPB
F10 5 tan Heated washer jets
F11 10 red Reverse light trailer
F12 10 red Reverse lights. Mirror
control

181
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F13 - - -
F14 5 tan Brake pedal switch
F15 30 green Heated rear screen
F16 - - -
F17 5 tan Keyless Vehicle Module
(KVM)
F18 - - -
F19 5 tan Power-train Control Module
(PCM)
F20 5 tan Accelerator pedal
F21 5 tan Instrument panel. Centre
console. Electric booster
heater
F22 5 tan Transmission Control
Module (TCM)
F23 - - -
F24 5 tan Rear fog lamp (right-hand)
F25 5 tan Rear fog lamp (left-hand)
F26 - - -
F27 - - -
F28 - - -
F29 - - -
F30 - - -
F31 5 tan Voltage module. Rain
sensor. Passenger Air-bag
Deactivation (PAD) lamp
F32 25 clear Driver door module
F33 - - -
F34 10 red Fuel flap
F35 - - -
F36 5 tan Battery backed sounder
F37 5 tan Road pricing (Singapore
only)
F38 15 blue Front screen washer

182
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F39 25 clear Rear door module
(left-hand)
F40 5 tan Clock. Door memory switch
F41 - - -
F42 30 green Driver seat
F43 15 blue Rear screen washer
F44 25 clear Rear door module
(right-hand)
F45 30 green Front passenger seat
F46 - - -
F47 20 yellow Sunroof and sunblind
module
F48 15 blue Trailer connector
F49 - - -
F50 - - -
F51 5 tan Steering wheel switches
F52 20 yellow Cigar lighter (front)
F53 - - -
F54 - - -
F55 20 yellow Auxiliary socket (rear
console)
F56 10 red Restraints control module
(RCM)
F57 10 red Battery saver circuits.
Vanity mirror lamp. Glove
box lamp. Upper console
lamp
F58 - - -
F59 - - -
F60 5 tan Occupant Classification
Sensor Control Module
(OCSCM)
F61 5 tan Immobiliser Antenna Unit
(IAU)
F62 10 red Climate control module

183
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

F63 20 yellow Auxiliary socket (luggage
compartment)
F64 - - -
F65 - - -
F66 5 tan On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
connector
F67 - - -
F68 - - -
F69 - - -

184
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Fuses

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse colour Circuits protected

FB1 15 blue Electronic centre differential
FB2 15 blue Caravan fridge
FB3 15 blue Driver seat heater
FB4 15 blue Front passenger seat heater
FB5 5 tan Auxiliary heater control
FB6 - - -
FB7 - - -
FB8 10 red Instrument pack
FB9 5 tan Heating and ventilation
system
FB10 - - -
FB11 - - -
FB12 - - -
FD1 10 red Audio system. Touch
screen
FD2 15 blue Audio system
FD3 10 red Digital radio
FD4 - - -
FD5 5 tan Electric seat switches
FD6 30 green Electric Park Brake (EPB)
FD7 15 blue Rear wiper
FD8 30 green EPB
FD9 - - -
FD10 5 tan Audio amplifier
FD11 40 orange Audio amplifier
FD12 - - -

185
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Wheel changing

WHEEL CHANGING
Wheel changing

The spare wheel is heavy and if Note: Before removing the spare wheel, take
handled incorrectly may cause injury. note of its stowage position. The wheel to be
Use extreme caution when lifting or changed must be correctly stowed in its place.
manoeuvring the wheels. 1. To access the spare wheel lift the floor
Always secure the spare wheel, or the panel and fit the retaining strap hook to the
removed wheel, in the correct position tailgate guttering.
using the retaining bolt. 2. Slacken the locking ring.
Always remove the spare wheel 3. Undo and remove the retaining bolt. Then
before jacking the vehicle. lift out the spare wheel.
WARNING - THAT NO PERSON 4. To remove the jack and wheel brace undo
SHOULD PLACE ANY PORTION OF the retaining bolt.
THEIR BODY UNDER A VEHICLE THAT
5. Vehicle jack.
IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK.
6. Wheel brace.
7. Locking wheel nut adapter.

186
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Wheel changing

8. Raise the vehicle using the jack with a slow WHEEL CHANGING SAFETY
steady operation. Avoid rapid, jerky actions Before raising the vehicle or changing a wheel,
as they may cause the vehicle/jack to ensure that you read and comply with the
become unstable. following warnings.
9. Remove the wheel nuts and place them Always find a safe place to stop, off
together where they cannot roll away. the highway and away from traffic.
10. Remove the wheel and place to one side. Ensure that the vehicle and jack are
Do not lay the wheel on its face, as this may both on firm level ground.
damage the finish.
Apply the parking brake. Engage Park
11. Fit the spare wheel to the hub. (P).
12. Re-fit the wheel nuts, and lightly tighten Switch on the hazard warning lamps.
them. Ensure that the wheel is making
contact with the hub evenly. Ensure that the front wheels are in the
straight ahead position, and engage
13. Ensure that the space under the vehicle is the steering lock.
clear of obstructions, and lower the vehicle
slowly and smoothly. Disconnect trailer/caravan from
vehicle.
14. With all wheels on the ground and the jack
removed, fully tighten the wheel nuts. The Ensure that all passengers, and
wheel nuts must be tightened in sequence animals, are out of the vehicle and in
(see illustration) to the correct torque of a safe place away from the highway.
133 Nm (98 lb.ft). Place a warning triangle at a suitable
distance behind the vehicle, facing
towards oncoming traffic.
Never place anything between the jack
and the ground, or the jack and the
vehicle.
Always chock the wheels using
suitable wheel chocks. Place the
chocks on both sides of the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel to be
Note: If it is not possible to torque the wheel
changed.
nuts when a wheel is replaced, they should be
set to the correct torque as soon as possible. If jacking the vehicle on a slight slope
is unavoidable, place the chocks on
If an alloy spare wheel is to be fitted, using a
the downhill side of the two opposite
suitable blunt tool, knock the centre cap out of
wheels.
the removed wheel. Then using hand pressure
only, press the centre cap into the newly fitted Take care when lifting the spare
spare. wheel, and removing the punctured
wheel. The wheels are heavy, and can
Check and adjust the tyre pressure as soon as
cause injuries if not handled correctly.
possible.

187
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Wheel changing

Remove the spare wheel prior to LOCKING WHEEL NUTS

jacking the vehicle, to avoid Locking wheel nuts can only be removed using
destabilising the vehicle when raised. the special adapter provided in the tool kit.
Take care when loosening the wheel Note: When the vehicle is first supplied, the
nuts. The wheel brace may slip off if adapter may be stored in the glove
not properly attached and the wheel compartment. It should be removed and stored
nuts may give way suddenly. Either in the tool kit as soon as possible.
unexpected movement, may cause an
injury.
WARNING - THAT NO PERSON
SHOULD PLACE ANY PORTION OF
THEIR BODY UNDER A VEHICLE THAT
IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK.

IMPORTANT – USE OF SPARE TYRE

Adhere to the instructions on the
temporary spare warning label,
affixed to the wheel.
Where fitted the temporary use spare
wheel is FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
Drive with caution while the
1. Insert the adapter into the locking wheel
temporary spare wheel is fitted. nut, ensuring that it is fully engaged.
Ensure that an original size wheel and
tyre are fitted as soon as possible. 2. Using the wheel brace, unscrew the wheel
nut and adapter.
Do not fit more than one temporary
spare wheel on the vehicle at any one Note: A code number is stamped onto the
time. underside of the adapter. This number must be
recorded on the security card supplied with the
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) while literature pack. If a replacement adapter is
the temporary spare wheel is fitted.
required, you will be asked to quote this
The tyre pressure in the temporary number. The security card must be kept safe,
spare wheel should be 60 psi (4.2 Bar, but should not be kept with the vehicle.
420 kPa).
DSC must be switched on while the
temporary spare wheel is in use.
Traction devices such as snow chains
cannot be used with a temporary
spare wheel.

188
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

After a collision

BEFORE STARTING OR DRIVING SERVICE DATA RECORDING

After a collision

If the vehicle is involved in a collision Service data recorders in your vehicle are
it should be checked by a Dealer/ capable of collecting and storing diagnostic
Authorised Repairer, or suitably information about your vehicle. This potentially
qualified persons, before starting or includes information about the performance or
driving. status of various systems and modules in the
vehicle such as engine, throttle, steering or
EVENT DATA RECORDING brakes.
Event data recorders are capable of collecting In order to properly diagnose and service your
and storing data during a crash or near-crash vehicle, Land Rover and service and repair
event. The recorded information may assist in facilities may access vehicle diagnostic
the investigation of such an event. The information through a direct connection to
modules may record information about both your vehicle.
the vehicle and the occupants, potentially
including such information as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were
operating.
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
seat belts were buckled.
• How far, if at all, the driver was pressing
the accelerator and/or brake pedal.
• How fast the vehicle was travelling.
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
To access this information special equipment
must be connected directly to the recording
modules. Land Rover do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order or
where required by law enforcement, other
government authorities or third parties acting
with lawful authority.
Other parties may seek to access the
information independently of Land Rover.

189
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle identification

LABEL LOCATIONS
Vehicle identification

Warning labels attached to your

vehicle bearing this symbol mean:
Do not touch or adjust
components until you have read
the relevant instructions in the
handbook.
Labels showing this symbol
indicate that the ignition system
utilises very high voltages. Do not
touch any ignition components
while the starter switch is turned
on.

Additional information labels may also be

found at the following locations:

1. Bonnet locking platform - Air conditioning

label
2. Top of battery - Battery warning symbols
3. The VIN is stamped on a plate which is
visible through the lowest part of the left
side of the windscreen.
Note: If you need to communicate with a
Dealer/Authorised Repairer, you may be
asked to quote the VIN number.
4. End of fascia (passenger side) - Passenger
airbag label.
5. Sun visor - Airbag label, vehicle handling
label.
6. Base of right-hand B pillar - Tyre pressure
label, airbag warning label.
7. Left-hand B pillar - Airbag warning label,
Vehicle Identification Number plate.

190
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Vehicle identification

8. Right-hand B pillar - Vehicle Identification

Number plate (China).
9. Inside fuel filler flap - Fuel label.
10. Engine number:
• Diesel - The number is located on the
front of the engine block.
• Petrol - The number is located on the
front of the engine block.
It is important that you are familiar with these
subjects to ensure that your vehicle and its
features are used safely. Using the index at the
back of this handbook, refer to the relevant
topic for more information.

VEHICLE BUILD DATE PLATE

(Australia only)
This is the calendar month and year in which
the body and power train assemblies were
conjoined and the vehicle was driven from the
production line.
The vehicle built date is shown on a the tyre
pressure label attached to the right-hand 'B'
pillar.

191
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

DECLARATIONS OF CONFORMITY
Type approval

192
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

193
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

194
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

195
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

196
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

197
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

198
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

199
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

200
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

201
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

202
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

203
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Type approval

204
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

A charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
ABS (Anti-lock braking system) jump starting
warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Age degradation (tyres). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 warning symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Air bags Beltminder
SRS (Supplementary restraint system) 142 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Air conditioning Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
air quality sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 seatbelt warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Air quality sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 audio
Airbags pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
module covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 media
warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 142 telephone
perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Antifreeze level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Anti-theft system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Anti-trap protection pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Arduous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 142 safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Audio Bonnet
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Audio/video opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
portable media Brakes
connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 ABS warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 EBA (Emergency brake assist) . . . . . . . . 67
pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 EBD (Electronic brake force distribution) 67
play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
video media player parking brake
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Auto mode (climate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 pedal travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Automatic locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bulbs
Auxiliary devices license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
connecting multiple devices . . . . . . . . . 97 number plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
B
Battery C
care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Call volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
changing Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
timed climate remote . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Chairs

205
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

restricted seat travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Daily checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Data recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Dealer locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
sitting correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Declarations of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Changing a fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Derv
Changing a road wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 sulphur content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Changing the battery (timed climate) . . . 170 Deselecting valet mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Charging the vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . 170 Destination entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Chassis number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cleaning search area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Diesel
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
parking sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 filler flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 139
Climate control fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 misfuel device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Closing specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
single locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 sulphur content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Closing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) . . . . . . . . . . 143
Condensation (headlamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Conformity declarations . . . . . . . . . 120, 192 Direction indicators
Consumption warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
fuel Door transceiver
urban cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 entry gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Consumption (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 garage door opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Controls programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 programming a single button . . . . . . . . . 39
Coolant rolling code device programming . . . . . . 39
checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Double locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 DPF (Diesel particulate filter) . . . . . . . . . . 143
top up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Drive away locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Courtesy delay (headlamps) . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Driver controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Critical warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Driver information module
Cruise control warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Driving
arduous conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
D before starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
DAB controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 daily checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
DAB radio DSC warning lamp
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 active. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

206
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

EBA (Emergency brake assist). . . . . . . . 67 Entertainment

EBD (Electronic brake force distribution) 67 DAB radio
mirror dip when reversing . . . . . . . . . . . 37 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 navigation
sitting correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
wipers menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
rain sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 motorway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Driving abroad POI categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 POI (Points of interest) . . . . . . . 113, 115
Driving position memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
DSC (Dynamic stability control) previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
warning lamp TMC display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 TMC icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 portable media
changing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
E connecting devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
EBA (Emergency brake assist). . . . . . . . . . 67 connecting multiple devices . . . . . . . . 97
EBD (Electronic brake force distribution) . 67 connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Electric seats controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 lost connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) . 67 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Electronic data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 playing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . 68 radio
Emergency controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
jump starting RDS (Radio data system) . . . . . . . . . . 90
connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 RSE (Rear screen entertainment)
Engine screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
compartment telephone
fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
coolant level checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 home menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
DPF (Diesel particulate filter) . . . . . . . . 143 operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 system settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 touch screen care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 video media player
Ensembles (DAB radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Entering a destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 EPB (Electric parking brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

207
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

EU conformity (navigation system) . . . . . 120 urban cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Event data recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 fuel specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Exiting the vehicle fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
door locks and release levers. . . . . . . . . 10 methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
global closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 misfuel device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 MTBE (Methyl tertiary butyl ether) . . . . 138
Exterior lamps octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 reformulate gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
bulb specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 running out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
F Fuses
Flat spots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Fluids engine compartment fuse box. . . . . . . . 179
capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
coolant luggage compartment fuse box. . . . . . . 185
specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Passenger compartment fuse box. . . . . 181
top up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
engine oil G
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Garage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 entry gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
power steering erase all programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 a single button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 rolling code device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
washer Gearbox
specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
top up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 temporary manual selection . . . . . . . . . . 65
Fog lamps Global closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Front parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 H
system fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Hand brake
Fuel and refuelling warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
extra-urban cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Handling
urban cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 DSC warning lamp
diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 active. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
sulphur content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ethanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 EBD (Electronic brake force distribution) 67
Filler flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Headlamps
filler flap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 bulb change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
fuel consumption bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

208
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

bulb specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 connecting devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 connecting multiple devices . . . . . . . . 97
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
courtesy delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 lost connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
high beam warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 playing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
xenon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 radio
Heated screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 RDS (Radio data system) . . . . . . . . . . 90
Heating and ventilation RSE (Rear seat entertainment)
auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
High beam telephone
warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Homelink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
programming a single button . . . . . . . . 39 touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
rolling code device programming . . . . . 39 display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
home menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
I operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Ignition setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
rolling re-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 system settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 touch screen care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Indicators video media player
warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Information messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Inhibited media playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Infotainment Instrument panel
DAB radio lamp test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
navigation Interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Interior lamps
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
motorway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 bulb specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
POI categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
POI (Points of interest) . . . . . . 113, 115 J
postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
previous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 K
TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Keys
TMC display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 single locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TMC icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
portable media
changing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 L
Label locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

209
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

Lamp test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 bulb specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
bulb specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 changing a fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 checking the tyre pressures
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 after a repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
warning cleaning parking sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 closing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 coolant level checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
TPMS (Tyre pressure daily checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
monitoring system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 DPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
xenon headlamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Leather cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
License plate bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 fuse box (luggage compartment) . . . . . 185
Lighting control interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
headlamp courtesy delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 jump starting
Lights connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
bulb changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 label locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 leather cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
bulb specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 lubricants and fluid specifications. . . . . 162
condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 number plate bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 smart key battery changing. . . . . . . . . . . . 7
headlamp courtesy delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 weekly checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Locking Map (navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
door locks and release levers. . . . . . . . . 10 Map split screen (navigations system) . . . 110
double locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
drive away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 inhibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
global closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 portable
mislock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 lost connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Locking and unlocking play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
alarm portable media
perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
single locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lubricants Mirrors
specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 dip when reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Luggage compartment Mirrors and windows
fuse box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 exterior mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
sunroof
M reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Maintenance Misfuel device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
blocked washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Moon roof
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

210
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

mpg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Opening

MTBE (Methyl tertiary butyl ether) . . . . . 138 bonnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

N P
Navigation Parking aid
cancel guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
destination entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 sensor cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 system fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
motorway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Passenger compartment fuse box . . . . . . 181
previous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Perimeter alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
search area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Petrol
start guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 engine
map split screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 reformulated gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
POI (Points of interest) . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Petrol filler flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 139
categories/sub-categories . . . . . . . . 115 Phone
quick POI selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 bluetooth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
POI search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 call volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 changing connected phone . . . . . . . . . . 105
screen modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
TMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 controls
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
using TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
voice commands (POI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 pairing using touch screen . . . . . . . . . . 105
voice guidance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Number plate bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
POI (Points of interest). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
O search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Occupant safety Portable media
seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 changing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 connecting devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Oil connecting multiple devices . . . . . . . . . . 97
engine connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
engine oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 lost connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
used engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

211
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

playing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Remote control

Power steering battery changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
fluid Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 system transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Replacement tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Pressures Resetting the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
checking Restarting the engine whilst moving. . . . . . 62
after a repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Restore default settings
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 (navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Previous destination (navigation system) 114 Restricted seat travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Programming Reverse parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
garage door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 system fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
erase all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Rolling re-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 RSE (Rear seat entertainment)
instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
repair procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Running out of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Punctured tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
S
R Safety
Radio fuel and refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 in the garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
DAB ensembles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
RDS (Radio data system) . . . . . . . . . . . 90 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 sitting correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
RDS (Radio data system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 tyre care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
RDS-TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 118 used engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 using the telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Satellite navigation
Rear media cancel guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 destination entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Recording coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
service data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Recovery previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
towing eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 search area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Reformulated gasoline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 start guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Refuelling emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
sulphur content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 map split screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
reformulated gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 motorway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
running out of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

212
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

POI (Points of interest) . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Specifications

categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 brake pedal travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
quick POI selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
POI search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
restore defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
screen modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
TMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
using TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 label locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
voice commands (POI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
voice guidance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Screen modes (navigation system) . . . . . 111 weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Screens (heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Speed-dependent wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Search area (navigation system) . . . . . . . 111 Split screen map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 SRS (Supplementary restraint system)
warning lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Seats airbag covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 airbag warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
electric Stability control
front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
restricted seat travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Starting
seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Starting navigation guidance . . . . . . . . . . 112
sitting correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Steering wheel
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 controls
perimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 connect phone call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Selecting valet mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 decrease volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Servicing disconnect phone call . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
data recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 increase volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Setting a destination (navigation) . . . . . . 112 scroll/search down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Settings voice control talk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
rear media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steering wheel controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Sitting correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Smart key cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
battery changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 front cubby box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
single locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 rear armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Sunroof
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Spacesaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Switching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

213
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

Switching on the ignition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
T lost connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Technical specifications pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 playing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Telephone RSE (Rear seat entertainment)
bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
call volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
changing the connected telephone . . . 105 system settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 telephone
controls pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 touch screen care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 valet mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 video media player
phonebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Towing eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Temporary use spare wheel. . . . . . . . . . . 186 TPMS (Tyre pressure monitoring system)
TMC (Traffic message channel). . . . . . . . 118 tyre care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Traction control
Touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
display icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
home menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Transmission
navigation temporary manual selection . . . . . . . . . . 65
coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Transmission (automatic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Transmitters
motorway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
POI categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Trim
POI (Points of interest) . . . . . . 113, 115 airbag covers (cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
postcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Tyre pressure checking after repair . . . . . 135
screen modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tyre repair kit
search area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 repair procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
TMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Tyres
TMC display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 age degradation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
TMC icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 flat spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
portable media punctured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
changing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133
connecting devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 repair procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
connecting multiple devices. . . . . . . . 97 replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

214
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

TPMS (Tyre pressure monitoring system) W

warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
tyre care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 ABS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Critical warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
U DSC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 10 fog lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Urban cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 headlamp high beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Used engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Using cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 lamp test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Using the parking aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
seatbelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
TPMS (Tyre pressure
V
monitoring system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Valet mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Warning symbols (battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
deselecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Vehicle alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Washer jets
Vehicle battery
blockages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
jump starting
Washers
connecting cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Vehicle battery care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Washers (headlamps). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Vehicle cleaning
Weekly checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Wheel changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
parking sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Wheels
Vehicle data recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
wheel alignment data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Vehicle recovery
Wheels and tyres
towing eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
age degradation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Vehicle settings
checking the pressures after a repair . . 135
valet mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
flat spots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Video media player
pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
puncture repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
inhibited playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
punctured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
VIN number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133
Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
repair procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
navigation POI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
TPMS (Tyre pressure monitoring system)
voicetags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Voice guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
tyre care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Volume
tyre label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

215
 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
anti-trap protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
sunroof
reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Windscreen wipers
speed-dependent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Windscreens (heated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Wipers
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wipers and washers
fluid
specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
top up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
rain sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
wipers
speed-dependent mode . . . . . . . . . . . 42

X
Xenon headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

216
english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

Index

217
 (FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO
LANGUAGE: english-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: Freelander 2

Controls overview

DRIVER CONTROLS 31. Cruise control switches (76).

Controls overview

1. Map reading lamp switch (33). 32. Exterior mirror adjustment (36).
2. Main interior lamp switch (33). 33. Window switches (34).
3. Passenger airbag warning lamp (28). 34. Rear window isolator (34).
4. Sunroof switches (34). 35. Interior illumination control (32).
5. Lighting/direction indicator/trip
computer (31/44).
6. Audio controls (84).
7. Instrument panel, warning lamps and
message centre (46/43).
8. Message centre control (43).
9. Wiper/washer controls (41).
10. Engine START/STOP (61).
11. Audio system and controls (84).
12. Touch screen (81).
13. CD eject.
14. Dynamic stability control (DSC) off (48).
15. Hill descent control (HDC) (79).
16. Central locking, lock.
17. Central locking, unlock.
18. Parking aid switch (71).
19. Intelligent stop/start (63).
20. Hazard warning lamps.
21. Climate control (50).
22. Air conditioning on/off (50).
23. Electronic parking brake (68).
24. Terrain response (77).
25. Gear selector (64).
26. Climate control recirculation on/off
switch (50).
27. Heated steering wheel.
28. Telephone and voice recognition
(103/101).
29. Horn.
30. Steering column adjustment lever (17).

218
 FOLDOUT

13 20

14 15 16 17 18 19

4
7 8 9
5 6 10 11 12
3

1 2 1

HOME
MENU NAV 12 PHONE
AUDIO
VIDEO

9 3 MODE

6 SETUP

35

32
31 30 29 28 27 26 21
22
33

25

34
24

23
SL2271